[PDF] INSTALL GUIDE

INSTALL GUIDE

http://images.idatalink.com/corporate/Content/Manuals/RST-TLK/FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN 20180803

Toyota 4Runner Forum - Largest 4Runner Forum - View Single Post - Compustar Remote Start for 3rd gen w/alarm I found the install guide (page 176):

[PDF] INSTALL GUIDE - iDatalink

Google Docs
Google Drive
Download [pdf]

File Info : application/pdf, 413 Pages, 12.39MB

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN 20180803

INSTALL GUIDE
1998-2001 LEXUS ES 300 STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

A F E
B
D

T016_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

G
1998-2001 Lexus ES 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

M1 01 ORANGE - ACCESSORY (+) 02 RED - 12 VOLT (+) 03 PURPLE - STARTER (+) 04 PINK/WHITE - IGNITION 2 (+) 05 PINK - IGNITION (+) 06 WHITE 07 RED - 12V (+) 08 BLACK - GROUND
M2 01 GREEN·BLACK DOT - LOCK (-) OUTPUT 02 BLUE·BLACK DOT - UNLOCK (-) OUTPUT 03 RED/WHITE·BLACK DOT - TRUNK (-) OUTPUT 04 GREEN/WHITE·BLACK DOT 05 GREEN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 06 BLUE/WHITE·BLACK DOT - GWR (-) OUTPUT 07 EMPTY 08 WHITE/PURPLE·BLACK DOT 09 PURPLE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - AUTOLIGHT OFF (-) OUTPUT 10 WHITE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - HORN (-) OUTPUT 11 BROWN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 12 WHITE·BLACK DOT - PARKING LIGHT (-) OUTPUT
M3 01 BROWN·SILVER DOT - BRAKE (+) INPUT 02 BLACK/WHITE·SILVER DOT 03 PURPLE·SILVER DOT 04 GREEN·SILVER DOT 05 PURPLE/WHITE·SILVER DOT - TACH (AC) INPUT 06 WHITE/BLUE·SILVER DOT 07 GRAY·SILVER DOT - HOOD (-) INPUT 08 BLUE·SILVER DOT 09 GRAY/BLACK·SILVER DOT 10 EMPTY
M4 01 EMPTY 02 EMPTY 03 BROWN/RED 04 BROWN/YELLOW 05 BLUE/RED 06 BLUE/YELLOW 07 EMPTY 08 ORANGE 09 YELLOW 10 EMPTY 11 GRAY/RED - IMMO. RXCK (DATA) 12 GRAY/YELLOW 13 GREEN/RED - IMMO. CODE (DATA) 14 ORANGE/WHITE - IMMO. TXCT (DATA) 15 BROWN - IMMO. AMP (DATA) 16 ORANGE/BLACK 17 PINK 18 PURPLE 19 RED 20 BLACK
M5 01 GRAY/BLACK·BLUE DOT - CODE (DATA) CONNECTOR SIDE 02 WHITE/BLACK·BLUE DOT - RXCK (DATA) CONNECTOR SIDE 03 GRAY/RED·BLUE DOT - CODE (DATA) VEHICLE SIDE 04 WHITE/RED·BLUE DOT - RXCK (DATA) VEHICLE SIDE 05 GRAY·BLUE DOT 06 WHITE·BLUE DOT

T016_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

12V 2 (+) WHITE - 02 ACCESSORY (+) BLUE/RED - 03 IGNITION 2 (+) BLACK/YELLOW - 04 IGNITION 1 (+) BLACK/RED - 06
12V (+) WHITE/RED - 07 STARTER 1 (+) RED - 08
AMP (DATA) BLACK/YELLOW - 01 CODE (DATA) GREEN/WHITE - 02
RXCK (DATA) RED/BLUE - 03

1 4321 8765
2 12345

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A)
2 1 3

TXCT (DATA) BLUE/YELLOW - 04 KEYSENSE (-) BLUE/BLACK - 01

3 12

LOCK/ARM (-) DKBLUE/WHITE - 08 UNLOCK/DISARM (-) DKBLUE - 10
TRUNK RELEASE (-) RED - 02

1:N/A 1:N/A

DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) RED/GREEN 1

1:N/A

BRAKE (+) GREEN/WHITE

1:N/A 1

THEFT MODULE, UNDER RADIO (B)
TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH (C) DRIVER KICK PANEL (D)
BOTTOM OF FUSEBOX (E) HEADLAMP SWITCH (F)

PARKING LIGHTS (-) GREEN - 14

8 7 654 3 2 1 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9

TACH (AC)

HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 2

COIL OR INJECTOR (G)

WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1 INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF 2 THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE.
FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1998-2001 Lexus ES 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
1998-2001 Lexus ES 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
1998-2001 Lexus ES 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

1 WARNING: Vehicle engine will start many times. Test in a well ventilated area. 2 Close all vehicle doors, hood and trunk. 3 Press the LOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob.
Question 1: Do the doors lock? YES: Go to next step.
NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and the wired door lock/unlock connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram, if applicable. Repeat the test and call
technical support, if the problem persists.

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and the wired door lock/unlock connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram, if applicable. Repeat the test and call
technical support, if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and the wired trunk/hatch connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram, if applicable. Repeat the test and call
technical support, if the problem persists.

6 Press the AUX 1 button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 4: Does the driver side sliding door open?
YES: Press the AUX 1 button once [1x] to close the driver sliding door and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

7 Press the AUX 2 button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 5: Does the passenger side sliding door open?
YES: Press the AUX 2 button once [1x] to close the passenger sliding door and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

13 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 9: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: The vehicle is not equipped with a factory hood pin. Install a mandatory aftermarket hood switch, then repeat the test. NO: Go to next step. 14 Close hood. 15 Enter vehicle and close the doors. 16 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. 17 Wait for the vehicle to start. 18 Press brake pedal.
Question 10: Does the vehicle shut down? YES: Go to next step.
NO: The module does NOT detect the brake pedal signal. Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle, check connection as illustrated in the
wiring diagram, if applicable, and call technical support.
19 Exit vehicle. 20 Installation checklist completed.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1998-2001 Lexus ES 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH OEM KEYFOB
1 WARNING: Vehicle engine will start many times. Test in a well ventilated area. 2 Close all vehicle doors, hood and trunk. 3 Press LOCK button three times [3x] rapidly on the OEM keyfob to remote start vehicle.
Question 1: Does the vehicle remote start? YES: Go to next step. NO: The module doesn't detect OEM remote lock button from the vehicle communication network. Check all connections, repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists. 4 Press LOCK button three times [3x] rapidly on the OEM keyfob to shut down vehicle.
Question 2: Does the vehicle shut down? YES: Go to next step. NO: Repeat step. If the problem persists, press on the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support. 5 RAP Shutdown test
Question 3: Did the radio, interior controls, and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown? YES: Go to next step. NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists. 6 Open hood. 7 If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step. 8 Press LOCK button three times [3x] rapidly on the OEM keyfob to remote start vehicle.
Question 4: Does the vehicle remote start? YES: The vehicle is not equipped with a factory hood pin. Install a mandatory aftermarket hood switch, then repeat the test. NO: Go to next step. 9 Close hood. 10 Enter vehicle and close the doors. 11 Press LOCK button three times [3x] rapidly on the OEM keyfob to remote start vehicle. 12 Wait for the vehicle to start. 13 Press brake pedal.
Question 5: Does the vehicle shut down? YES: Go to next step. NO: The module does NOT detect the brake pedal signal. Press LOCK button three times [3x] rapidly on the OEM keyfob to shut down, check the brake connection as illustrated in the wiring diagram, if
applicable, and call technical support.
14 Exit vehicle. 15 Installation checklist completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1998-2001 Lexus ES 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
2002-2003 LEXUS ES 300 STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

T017_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2002-2003 Lexus ES 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

M1 01 ORANGE - ACCESSORY (+) 02 RED - 12 VOLT (+) 03 PURPLE - STARTER (+) 04 PINK/WHITE - IGNITION 2 (+) 05 PINK - IGNITION (+) 06 WHITE - STARTER 2 (+) 07 RED - 12V (+) 08 BLACK - GROUND
M2 01 GREEN·BLACK DOT - LOCK (-) OUTPUT 02 BLUE·BLACK DOT - UNLOCK (-) OUTPUT 03 RED/WHITE·BLACK DOT - TRUNK (-) OUTPUT 04 GREEN/WHITE·BLACK DOT 05 GREEN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 06 BLUE/WHITE·BLACK DOT - GWR (-) OUTPUT 07 EMPTY 08 WHITE/PURPLE·BLACK DOT 09 PURPLE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - AUTOLIGHT OFF (-) OUTPUT 10 WHITE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - HORN (-) OUTPUT 11 BROWN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 12 WHITE·BLACK DOT - PARKING LIGHT (-) OUTPUT
M3 01 BROWN·SILVER DOT - BRAKE (+) INPUT 02 BLACK/WHITE·SILVER DOT 03 PURPLE·SILVER DOT 04 GREEN·SILVER DOT 05 PURPLE/WHITE·SILVER DOT - TACH (AC) INPUT 06 WHITE/BLUE·SILVER DOT 07 GRAY·SILVER DOT - HOOD (-) INPUT 08 BLUE·SILVER DOT 09 GRAY/BLACK·SILVER DOT 10 EMPTY
M4 01 EMPTY 02 EMPTY 03 BROWN/RED 04 BROWN/YELLOW 05 BLUE/RED 06 BLUE/YELLOW 07 EMPTY 08 ORANGE 09 YELLOW 10 EMPTY 11 GRAY/RED - IMMO. RXCK (DATA) 12 GRAY/YELLOW 13 GREEN/RED - IMMO. CODE (DATA) 14 ORANGE/WHITE - IMMO. TXCT (DATA) 15 BROWN - IMMO. AMP (DATA) 16 ORANGE/BLACK 17 PINK 18 PURPLE 19 RED 20 BLACK
M5 01 GRAY/BLACK·BLUE DOT - CODE (DATA) CONNECTOR SIDE 02 WHITE/BLACK·BLUE DOT - RXCK (DATA) CONNECTOR SIDE 03 GRAY/RED·BLUE DOT - CODE (DATA) VEHICLE SIDE 04 WHITE/RED·BLUE DOT - RXCK (DATA) VEHICLE SIDE 05 GRAY·BLUE DOT 06 WHITE·BLUE DOT

T017_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1
STARTER 2 (+) GREEN/YELLOW - 01 ACCESSORY (+) BLUE/RED - 03
IGNITION 2 (+) BLACK/YELLOW - 04 IGNITION 1 (+) BLACK/RED - 06 12V (+) WHITE/RED - 07
STARTER 1 (+) BLACK/WHITE - 08

1
4321 8765

AMP (DATA) BLACK/RED - 01

RXCK (DATA) RED/BLUE - 03

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A)
2 1 3

CODE (DATA) GREEN/WHITE - 04

1234567

87 86 87A 85
30

TXCT (DATA) BLUE/YELLOW - 05 KEYSENSE (-) BLUE

3 12

PARKING LIGHT (-) RED - 14
LOCK (-) BLUE/YELLOW UNLOCK (-) BLUE

1: N/A 1: N/A

TRUNK RELEASE (REVERSE) WHITE/BLUE

1: N/A

DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) RED/GREEN 1

BRAKE (+) GREEN/WHITE - 01 TACH (AC) BLACK/ORANGE - 05
HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 2

1: N/A 1: 31 PIN

HEADLAMP SWITCH (B) DRIVER DOOR MODULE (C)
DRIVER KICK PANEL (D)
BRAKE SWITCH (E) ECM, BEHIND GLOVE BOX (F)

WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1 INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF 2 THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE.
FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2002-2003 Lexus ES 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
2002-2003 Lexus ES 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
2002-2003 Lexus ES 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2002-2003 Lexus ES 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2002-2003 Lexus ES 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
2004-2006 LEXUS ES 330 STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

T044_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2004-2006 Lexus ES 330 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

M1 01 ORANGE - ACCESSORY (+) 02 RED - 12 VOLT (+) 03 PURPLE - STARTER (+) 04 PINK/WHITE - IGNITION 2 (+) 05 PINK - IGNITION (+) 06 WHITE - STARTER 2 07 RED - 12V (+) 08 BLACK - GROUND
M2 01 GREEN·BLACK DOT - LOCK (-) OUTPUT 02 BLUE·BLACK DOT - UNLOCK (-) OUTPUT 03 RED/WHITE·BLACK DOT - TRUNK (-) OUTPUT 04 GREEN/WHITE·BLACK DOT 05 GREEN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 06 BLUE/WHITE·BLACK DOT - GWR (-) OUTPUT 07 EMPTY 08 WHITE/PURPLE·BLACK DOT 09 PURPLE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - AUTOLIGHT OFF (-) OUTPUT 10 WHITE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - HORN (-) OUTPUT 11 BROWN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 12 WHITE·BLACK DOT - PARKING LIGHT (-) OUTPUT
M3 01 BROWN·SILVER DOT - BRAKE (+) INPUT 02 BLACK/WHITE·SILVER DOT 03 PURPLE·SILVER DOT 04 GREEN·SILVER DOT 05 PURPLE/WHITE·SILVER DOT - TACH (AC) INPUT 06 WHITE/BLUE·SILVER DOT 07 GRAY·SILVER DOT - HOOD (-) INPUT 08 BLUE·SILVER DOT 09 GRAY/BLACK·SILVER DOT 10 EMPTY
M4 01 EMPTY 02 EMPTY 03 BROWN/RED 04 BROWN/YELLOW 05 BLUE/RED 06 BLUE/YELLOW 07 EMPTY 08 ORANGE 09 YELLOW 10 EMPTY 11 GRAY/RED - TXCT (DATA) 12 GRAY/YELLOW 13 GREEN/RED - CODE (DATA) 14 ORANGE/WHITE 15 BROWN 16 ORANGE/BLACK 17 PINK 18 PURPLE 19 RED 20 BLACK
M5 01 GRAY/BLACK·BLUE DOT 02 WHITE/BLACK·BLUE DOT 03 GRAY/RED·BLUE DOT 04 WHITE/RED·BLUE DOT 05 GRAY·BLUE DOT 06 WHITE·BLUE DOT

T044_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

STARTER 2 (+) GREEN/YELLOW - 01 ACCESSORY (+) BLUE/RED - 03
IGNITION 2 (+) BLACK/YELLOW - 04 IGNITION 1 (+) BLACK/RED - 06 12V (+) WHITE/RED - 07
STARTER 1 (+) BLACK/WHITE - 08
CODE (DATA) GREEN/WHITE - 04 TXCT (DATA) BLUE/YELLOW - 05
KEYSENSE (-) BLUE - 02

1 4321 8765
2
7654321 3
12

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A)
2 1 3

LOCK/ARM (-) BLUE/YELLOW - 04 UNLOCK/DISARM (-) BLUE - 14
PARKING LIGHT (-) RED - 14
DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) RED/GREEN - 01 1 WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1
BRAKE (+) GREEN/WHITE - 15
TRUNK RELEASE (-) RED TACH (AC) BLACK/ORANGE - 05

DRIVER DOOR MODULE (B) N/A

N/A 1: 12 PIN, BODY ECU

PARKING LIGHT SWITCH (C) BODY ECU OF DASH FUSEBOX (D)

2: WHITE 20 PIN, BOTTOM OF FUSEBOX

TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH (E) N/A

1: TOP CONNECTOR

ECM, BEHIND GLOVE BOX (F)

HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 2
INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF 2 THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE. FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2004-2006 Lexus ES 330 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
2004-2006 Lexus ES 330 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
2004-2006 Lexus ES 330 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2004-2006 Lexus ES 330 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2004-2006 Lexus ES 330 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
1998-2000 LEXUS GS 300 STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1
A C
F B
E

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

T018_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1998-2000 Lexus GS 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

T018_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

12V 2 (+) WHITE/BLUE - 02 ACCESSORY (+) BLUE/YELLOW - 03 IGNITION 2 (+) BLACK/YELLOW - 04
IGNITION 1 (+) BLACK/WHITE - 06 12V (+) WHITE/RED - 07
STARTER 1 (+) BLACK - 08
AMP (DATA) BLACK/RED - 01 CODE (DATA) GREEN/BLACK - 02
RXCK (DATA) BLACK/WHITE - 03

1 4321 8765
2
12345

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A)
2 1 3

TXCT (DATA) BLUE/RED - 04 KEYSENSE (-) YELLOW

3: N/A

87 86 87A 85
30

LOCK DETECTION (-) GRAY - 03

1: GRAY 18 PIN

DRIVER DOOR MODULE (B)

UNLOCK (-) PINK/GREEN - 05

LOCK (-) PINK/BLACK - 04

DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) RED/GREEN - 15 1

2: GRAY 16 PIN

87 86 87A 85
30

AUTOLIGHTS (-) RED - 13 1 PARKING LIGHTS (-) RED/YELLOW - 15 TRUNK RELEASE (-) PURPLE/YELLOW - 01
BRAKE (+) GREEN/WHITE - 09

1: N/A

8 765

432 1

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9

HEADLAMP SWITCH (C)
TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH (D) DRIVER KICK PANEL (E)

TACH (AC) BLACK/YELLOW - 10
HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 2

1: WHITE 14 PIN

RIGHT OF STEERING COLUMN (F)

WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1 INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE. 2
FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1998-2000 Lexus GS 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
1998-2000 Lexus GS 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
1998-2000 Lexus GS 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1998-2000 Lexus GS 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1998-2000 Lexus GS 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
2001-2005 LEXUS GS 300 STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1
A C
F B
E

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

T019_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2001-2005 Lexus GS 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

T019_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

12V 2 (+) WHITE/BLUE - 02 1
ACCESSORY (+) BLUE/YELLOW - 03

IGNITION 2 (+) BLACK/YELLOW - 04

IGNITION 1 (+) BLACK/WHITE - 06

4321

15A

12V (+) WHITE/RED - 07

8765

STARTER 1 (+) BLACK - 08

AMP (DATA) BLACK/RED - 01 CODE (DATA) GREEN/BLACK - 02
RXCK (DATA) BLACK/WHITE - 03

2 12345

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A)
2 1 3

TXCT (DATA) BLUE/RED - 04 KEYSENSE (-) YELLOW - 02

3: N/A

87 86 87A 85
30

LOCK DETECTION (-) GRAY - 03

1: GRAY 18 PIN

DRIVER DOOR MODULE (B)

UNLOCK (-) PINK/GREEN - 05

LOCK (-) PINK/BLACK - 04

DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) RED/GREEN - 15 1

2: GRAY 16 PIN

87 86 87A 85
30

AUTOLIGHTS (-) RED - 13 1 PARKING LIGHTS (-) RED/YELLOW - 15 TRUNK RELEASE (-) PURPLE/YELLOW - 01
BRAKE (+) GREEN/WHITE - 09

1: N/A

8 765

432 1

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9

HEADLAMP SWITCH (C)
TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH (D) DRIVER KICK PANEL (E)

TACH (AC) BLACK/YELLOW - 10
HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 2

1: WHITE 14 PIN

RIGHT OF STEERING COLUMN (F)

WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1 INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE. 2
FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2001-2005 Lexus GS 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
2001-2005 Lexus GS 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
2001-2005 Lexus GS 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2001-2005 Lexus GS 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2001-2005 Lexus GS 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
1998-2000 LEXUS GS 400 STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1
A C
F B
E

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

T018_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1998-2000 Lexus GS 400 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

T018_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

1 4321 8765
2
12345

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A)
2 1 3

TXCT (DATA) BLUE/RED - 04 KEYSENSE (-) YELLOW

3: N/A

87 86 87A 85
30

LOCK DETECTION (-) GRAY - 03

1: GRAY 18 PIN

DRIVER DOOR MODULE (B)

UNLOCK (-) PINK/GREEN - 05

LOCK (-) PINK/BLACK - 04

DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) RED/GREEN - 15 1

2: GRAY 16 PIN

87 86 87A 85
30

AUTOLIGHTS (-) RED - 13 1 PARKING LIGHTS (-) RED/YELLOW - 15 TRUNK RELEASE (-) PURPLE/YELLOW - 01
BRAKE (+) GREEN/WHITE - 09

1: N/A

8 765

432 1

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9

HEADLAMP SWITCH (C)
TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH (D) DRIVER KICK PANEL (E)

TACH (AC) BLACK/YELLOW - 10
HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 2

1: WHITE 14 PIN

RIGHT OF STEERING COLUMN (F)

WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1 INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE. 2
FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1998-2000 Lexus GS 400 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
1998-2000 Lexus GS 400 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
1998-2000 Lexus GS 400 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1998-2000 Lexus GS 400 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1998-2000 Lexus GS 400 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
2001-2005 LEXUS GS 430 STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1
A C
F B
E

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

T019_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2001-2005 Lexus GS 430 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

T019_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

12V 2 (+) WHITE/BLUE - 02 1
ACCESSORY (+) BLUE/YELLOW - 03

IGNITION 2 (+) BLACK/YELLOW - 04

IGNITION 1 (+) BLACK/WHITE - 06

4321

15A

12V (+) WHITE/RED - 07

8765

STARTER 1 (+) BLACK - 08

AMP (DATA) BLACK/RED - 01 CODE (DATA) GREEN/BLACK - 02
RXCK (DATA) BLACK/WHITE - 03

2 12345

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A)
2 1 3

TXCT (DATA) BLUE/RED - 04 KEYSENSE (-) YELLOW - 02

3: N/A

87 86 87A 85
30

LOCK DETECTION (-) GRAY - 03

1: GRAY 18 PIN

DRIVER DOOR MODULE (B)

UNLOCK (-) PINK/GREEN - 05

LOCK (-) PINK/BLACK - 04

DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) RED/GREEN - 15 1

2: GRAY 16 PIN

87 86 87A 85
30

AUTOLIGHTS (-) RED - 13 1 PARKING LIGHTS (-) RED/YELLOW - 15 TRUNK RELEASE (-) PURPLE/YELLOW - 01
BRAKE (+) GREEN/WHITE - 09

1: N/A

8 765

432 1

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9

HEADLAMP SWITCH (C)
TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH (D) DRIVER KICK PANEL (E)

TACH (AC) BLACK/YELLOW - 10
HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 2

1: WHITE 14 PIN

RIGHT OF STEERING COLUMN (F)

WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1 INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE. 2
FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2001-2005 Lexus GS 430 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
2001-2005 Lexus GS 430 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
2001-2005 Lexus GS 430 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2001-2005 Lexus GS 430 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2001-2005 Lexus GS 430 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
2003-2009 LEXUS GX 470 STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

T045_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2003-2009 Lexus GX 470 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

M1 01 ORANGE - ACCESSORY (+) 02 RED - 12 VOLT (+) 03 PURPLE - STARTER (+) 04 PINK/WHITE - IGNITION 2 (+) 05 PINK - IGNITION (+) 06 WHITE 07 RED - 12V (+) 08 BLACK - GROUND
M2 01 GREEN·BLACK DOT - LOCK (-) OUTPUT 02 BLUE·BLACK DOT - UNLOCK (-) OUTPUT 03 RED/WHITE·BLACK DOT 04 GREEN/WHITE·BLACK DOT 05 GREEN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 06 BLUE/WHITE·BLACK DOT - GWR (-) OUTPUT 07 EMPTY 08 WHITE/PURPLE·BLACK DOT 09 PURPLE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - AUTOLIGHT OFF (-) OUTPUT 10 WHITE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - HORN (-) OUTPUT 11 BROWN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 12 WHITE·BLACK DOT - PARKING LIGHT (-) OUTPUT
M3 01 BROWN·SILVER DOT - BRAKE (+) INPUT 02 BLACK/WHITE·SILVER DOT 03 PURPLE·SILVER DOT 04 GREEN·SILVER DOT 05 PURPLE/WHITE·SILVER DOT - TACH (AC) INPUT 06 WHITE/BLUE·SILVER DOT 07 GRAY·SILVER DOT - HOOD (-) INPUT 08 BLUE·SILVER DOT 09 GRAY/BLACK·SILVER DOT 10 EMPTY
M4 01 EMPTY 02 EMPTY 03 BROWN/RED 04 BROWN/YELLOW 05 BLUE/RED 06 BLUE/YELLOW 07 EMPTY 08 ORANGE 09 YELLOW 10 EMPTY 11 GRAY/RED - TXCT (DATA) 12 GRAY/YELLOW 13 GREEN/RED - CODE (DATA) 14 ORANGE/WHITE 15 BROWN 16 ORANGE/BLACK 17 PINK 18 PURPLE 19 RED 20 BLACK
M5 01 GRAY/BLACK·BLUE DOT 02 WHITE/BLACK·BLUE DOT 03 GRAY/RED·BLUE DOT 04 WHITE/RED·BLUE DOT 05 GRAY·BLUE DOT 06 WHITE·BLUE DOT

T045_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

12V 2 (+) WHITE/BLUE - 02 ACCESSORY (+) WHITE/GREEN - 03
IGNITION 2 (+) BLUE/YELLOW - 04 IGNITION 1 (+) BLACK/RED - 06 12V (+) WHITE/RED - 07
STARTER 1 (+) GREEN/BLACK - 08

1 4321 8765
2

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A)
2 1

CODE (DATA) YELLOW - 04 TXCT (DATA) YELLOW/BLACK - 05
LOCK/ARM (-) BLUE - 04 UNLOCK/DISARM (-) GREEN - 14
PARKING LIGHT (-) GREEN - 08 KEYSENSE (-) GREEN/YELLOW - 14 DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) RED/YELLOW - 23 1
WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1
BRAKE (+) GREEN/YELLOW - 16
TACH (AC) BLACK/WHITE - 09

7654321

1: WHITE 20 PIN 1: WHITE 26 PIN

DRIVER WINDOW SWITCH (B) BODY ECU, BACK OF DASH FUSEBOX (C)

2: WHITE 24 PIN 1: WHITE 16 PIN 1

DASH FUSEBOX (D) OBDII (E)

HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 2
INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF 2 THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE. FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2003-2009 Lexus GX 470 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
2003-2009 Lexus GX 470 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
2003-2009 Lexus GX 470 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2003-2009 Lexus GX 470 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2003-2009 Lexus GX 470 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
2001 LEXUS IS 300 STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

T020_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2001 Lexus IS 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

T020_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

12V 2 (+) WHITE - 02 1
ACCESSORY (+) RED - 03

IGNITION 2 (+) BLUE/RED - 04

IGNITION 1 (+) BLACK/RED - 06

4321

15A

12V (+) WHITE/RED - 07

8765

STARTER 1 (+) BLACK/WHITE - 08

AMP (DATA) BLACK/RED - 01 CODE (DATA) GREEN - 02
RXCK (DATA) PURPLE - 03

2 12345

TXCT (DATA) PINK - 04 KEYSENSE (-) BLACK/YELLOW - 02

3: N/A

87 86 87A 85
30
87 86 87A 85
30

LOCK DETECTION (-) BLUE/BLACK - 10 UNLOCK (-) GREEN/BLACK - 15 LOCK (-) GREEN/RED - 06

1: N/A 1: N/A

TRUNK RELEASE (REVERSE) BLUE/WHITE DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) RED/GREEN 1

PARKING LIGHTS (-) RED - 14 BRAKE (+) GREEN/WHITE - 01

1: N/A 1: N/A

TACH (AC) BLACK - 09

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A) 2 1 3
DRIVER WINDOW SWITCH (B)
BODY ECU (C)
HEADLAMP SWITCH (D) BRAKE SWITCH (E) OBDII (F)

HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 2
WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1 INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE. 2
FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2001 Lexus IS 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
2001 Lexus IS 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
2001 Lexus IS 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2001 Lexus IS 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2001 Lexus IS 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
2002-2005 LEXUS IS 300 STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

T021_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2002-2005 Lexus IS 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

T021_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

12V 2 (+) WHITE - 02 1
ACCESSORY (+) RED - 03

IGNITION 2 (+) BLUE/RED - 04

IGNITION 1 (+) BLACK/RED - 06

4321

15A

12V (+) WHITE/RED - 07

8765

STARTER 1 (+) BLACK/WHITE - 08

AMP (DATA) BLACK/RED - 01 CODE (DATA) GREEN/BLACK - 02
RXCK (DATA) PURPLE - 03

2 12345

TXCT (DATA) PINK/BLACK - 04 KEYSENSE (-) BLACK/YELLOW - 02

3: N/A

87 86 87A 85
30
87 86 87A 85
30

LOCK DETECTION (-) BLUE/BLACK - 10 UNLOCK (-) GREEN/BLACK - 15 LOCK (-) GREEN/RED - 06

1: N/A 1: 14 PIN

TRUNK RELEASE (REVERSE) BLUE/WHITE DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) RED/GREEN 1

PARKING LIGHTS (-) RED - 14

1: N/A

BRAKE (+) GREEN/WHITE - 01

1: N/A

TACH (AC) BLACK - 09

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A) 2 1 3
DRIVER WINDOW SWITCH (B)
BODY ECU (C)
HEADLAMP SWITCH (D) BRAKE SWITCH (E) OBDII (F)

HORN (-) 2 HOOD SWITCH
WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1 INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE. 2
FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2002-2005 Lexus IS 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
2002-2005 Lexus IS 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
2002-2005 Lexus IS 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2002-2005 Lexus IS 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2002-2005 Lexus IS 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
1998-2000 LEXUS LS 400 STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

B E

T022_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1998-2000 Lexus LS 400 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

T022_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

87 86 87A 85
30
OR 87
86 87A 85 30

12V 2 (+) WHITE/BLUE - 02 ACCESSORY (+) WHITE/GREEN - 03
IGNITION 2 (+) WHITE - 04 IGNITION 1 (+) BLACK - 06 12V (+) BLACK/WHITE - 07 STARTER 1 (+) BLACK/RED - 08
AMP (DATA) WHITE - 01 CODE (DATA) RED/WHITE - 02
RXCK (DATA) RED/BLACK - 03
TXCT (DATA) RED - 04 KEYSENSE (-) YELLOW - 02

1 4321 8765
2 12345
3 12

LOCK DETECTION (-) GRAY

1: N/A

UNLOCK (-) GREEN LOCK (-) GREEN/ORANGE DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) GREEN/WHITE 1

AUTOLIGHTS (-) RED/WHITE - 13 1

1: N/A

PARKING LIGHTS (-) GREEN - 15 TRUNK RELEASE (-) ORANGE

1: N/A

BRAKE (+) GREEN/WHITE

1: N/A

TACH (AC) BLACK/YELLOW

1: 28 PIN

HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 2
WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1 INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE. 2
FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A) 2 1 3
DRIVER DOOR MODULE (B)
HEADLAMP SWITCH (C) TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH (D)
DRIVER KICK PANEL (E) ECM, BEHIND GLOVE BOX (F)
1998-2000 Lexus LS 400 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
1998-2000 Lexus LS 400 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
1998-2000 Lexus LS 400 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1998-2000 Lexus LS 400 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1998-2000 Lexus LS 400 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
2001-2003 LEXUS LS 430 STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

T023_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2001-2003 Lexus LS 430 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

T023_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

IGNITION 2 (+) RED/WHITE - 02 ACCESSORY (+) WHITE/GREEN - 03
STARTER 1 (+) BLACK/WHITE - 04 12V (+) BLACK/RED - 05
IGNITION 1 (+) BLACK - 06
AMP (DATA) ORANGE - 01 RXCK (DATA) WHITE/RED - 03
CODE (DATA) RED/WHITE - 04

1: N/A
2 1234567

TXCT (DATA) LTBLUE/BLACK - 05 KEYSENSE (-) LTGREEN/BLACK

3: N/A

UNLOCK (-) BLACK/GREEN OR PURPLE/GREEN LOCK (-) RED/BLACK OR PURPLE/RED DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) PINK/GREEN - 23 1

1: N/A

PARKING LIGHTS (-) ORANGE

1: N/A

TRUNK RELEASE (-) PURPLE

1: N/A

BRAKE (+) GREEN/ORANGE

1: N/A

TACH (AC) BLACK/YELLOW - 09

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A) 2 1 3
DRIVER DOOR MODULE (B)
HAZARD SWITCH (C) TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH (D)
BRAKE SWITCH (E) OBDII (F)

HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 2

WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1 INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE. 2
FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2001-2003 Lexus LS 430 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
2001-2003 Lexus LS 430 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
2001-2003 Lexus LS 430 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2001-2003 Lexus LS 430 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2001-2003 Lexus LS 430 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
2004-2006 LEXUS LS 430 STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1

A C

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

T046_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2004-2006 Lexus LS 430 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

M1 01 ORANGE - ACCESSORY (+) 02 RED - 12 VOLT (+) 03 PURPLE - STARTER (+) 04 PINK/WHITE - IGNITION 2 (+) 05 PINK - IGNITION (+) 06 WHITE 07 RED - 12V (+) 08 BLACK - GROUND
M2 01 GREEN·BLACK DOT - LOCK (-) OUTPUT 02 BLUE·BLACK DOT - UNLOCK (-) OUTPUT 03 RED/WHITE·BLACK DOT - TRUNK (-) OUTPUT 04 GREEN/WHITE·BLACK DOT 05 GREEN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 06 BLUE/WHITE·BLACK DOT - GWR (-) OUTPUT 07 EMPTY 08 WHITE/PURPLE·BLACK DOT 09 PURPLE/BLACK·BLACK DOT 10 WHITE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - HORN (-) OUTPUT 11 BROWN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 12 WHITE·BLACK DOT - PARKING LIGHT (-) OUTPUT
M3 01 BROWN·SILVER DOT - BRAKE (+) INPUT 02 BLACK/WHITE·SILVER DOT 03 PURPLE·SILVER DOT 04 GREEN·SILVER DOT 05 PURPLE/WHITE·SILVER DOT - TACH (AC) INPUT 06 WHITE/BLUE·SILVER DOT 07 GRAY·SILVER DOT - HOOD (-) INPUT 08 BLUE·SILVER DOT 09 GRAY/BLACK·SILVER DOT 10 EMPTY
M4 01 EMPTY 02 EMPTY 03 BROWN/RED 04 BROWN/YELLOW 05 BLUE/RED 06 BLUE/YELLOW 07 EMPTY 08 ORANGE 09 YELLOW 10 EMPTY 11 GRAY/RED - TXCT (DATA) 12 GRAY/YELLOW 13 GREEN/RED - CODE (DATA) 14 ORANGE/WHITE 15 BROWN 16 ORANGE/BLACK 17 PINK 18 PURPLE 19 RED 20 BLACK
M5 01 GRAY/BLACK·BLUE DOT 02 WHITE/BLACK·BLUE DOT 03 GRAY/RED·BLUE DOT 04 WHITE/RED·BLUE DOT 05 GRAY·BLUE DOT 06 WHITE·BLUE DOT

T046_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

7.5A

12V 2 (+) WHITE/BLUE - 01

IGNITION 2 (+) RED/WHITE - 02

ACCESSORY (+) WHITE/GREEN - 03

STARTER 1 (+) BLACK/WHITE - 04

7.5A

12V (+) GREEN/BLACK - 05

IGNITION 1 (+) GREEN/YELLOW - 06

CODE (DATA) RED/WHITE - 04 TXCT (DATA) BLUE/BLACK - 05
KEYSENSE (-) LTGREEN/BLACK - 02
LOCK/ARM (-) RED/BLACK OR PURPLE/RED
UNLOCK/DISARM (-) BLACK/GREEN OR PURPLE/GREEN
TRUNK RELEASE (-) PURPLE - 22 HAZARDS (-) ORANGE
BRAKE (+) GREEN/ORANGE - 01
TACH (AC) BLACK/YELLOW- 09

1 4321 8765
2
7654321 3 N/A

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A) 2 1 3
DRIVER DOOR MODULE (B)

1: 22 PIN 2: 10 PIN
1: 4 PIN 1

DRIVER DASH FUSEBOX, REAR VIEW (C)
BRAKE SWITCH (D) OBDII (E)

HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 1
INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF 1 THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE. FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2004-2006 Lexus LS 430 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
2004-2006 Lexus LS 430 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
2004-2006 Lexus LS 430 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2004-2006 Lexus LS 430 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2004-2006 Lexus LS 430 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
2004-2006 LEXUS LS 430 SMART KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1

A C

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

T051_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2004-2006 Lexus LS 430 Smart key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

M1 01 ORANGE - ACCESSORY (+) 02 RED - 12 VOLT (+) 03 PURPLE - STARTER (+) 04 PINK/WHITE - IGNITION 2 (+) 05 PINK - IGNITION (+) 06 WHITE 07 RED - 12V (+) 08 BLACK - GROUND
M2 01 GREEN·BLACK DOT - LOCK (-) OUTPUT 02 BLUE·BLACK DOT - UNLOCK (-) OUTPUT 03 RED/WHITE·BLACK DOT - TRUNK (-) OUTPUT 04 GREEN/WHITE·BLACK DOT 05 GREEN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 06 BLUE/WHITE·BLACK DOT - GWR (-) OUTPUT 07 EMPTY 08 WHITE/PURPLE·BLACK DOT 09 PURPLE/BLACK·BLACK DOT 10 WHITE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - HORN (-) OUTPUT 11 BROWN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 12 WHITE·BLACK DOT - PARKING LIGHT (-) OUTPUT
M3 01 BROWN·SILVER DOT - BRAKE (+) INPUT 02 BLACK/WHITE·SILVER DOT 03 PURPLE·SILVER DOT 04 GREEN·SILVER DOT 05 PURPLE/WHITE·SILVER DOT - TACH (AC) INPUT 06 WHITE/BLUE·SILVER DOT 07 GRAY·SILVER DOT - HOOD (-) INPUT 08 BLUE·SILVER DOT 09 GRAY/BLACK·SILVER DOT 10 EMPTY
M4 01 EMPTY 02 EMPTY 03 BROWN/RED 04 BROWN/YELLOW 05 BLUE/RED 06 BLUE/YELLOW 07 EMPTY 08 ORANGE 09 YELLOW 10 EMPTY 11 GRAY/RED - IMMO. RXCT (DATA) 12 GRAY/YELLOW 13 GREEN/RED - IMMO. CODE (DATA) 14 ORANGE/WHITE - IMMO. TXCT (DATA) 15 BROWN - IMMO. AMP (DATA) 16 ORANGE/BLACK 17 PINK 18 PURPLE 19 RED 20 BLACK
M5 01 GRAY/BLACK·BLUE DOT - CODE (DATA) CONNECTOR SIDE 02 WHITE/BLACK·BLUE DOT - RXCK (DATA) CONNECTOR SIDE 03 GRAY/RED·BLUE DOT - CODE (DATA) VEHICLE SIDE 04 WHITE/RED·BLUE DOT - RXCK (DATA) VEHICLE SIDE 05 GRAY·BLUE DOT 06 WHITE·BLUE DOT

T051_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

7.5A

12V 2 (+) WHITE/BLUE - 01

IGNITION 2 (+) RED/WHITE - 02

ACCESSORY (+) WHITE/GREEN - 03

STARTER 1 (+) BLACK/WHITE - 04

4321

8765

7.5A

12V (+) GREEN/BLACK - 05

IGNITION 1 (+) BLACK - 06

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A)
2 1 3

AMP (DATA) ORANGE - 01 RXCK (DATA) WHITE/RED - 03
CODE (DATA) RED/WHITE - 04
TXCT (DATA) LTBLUE/BLACK - 05 KEYSENSE (-) LTGREEN/BLACK
LOCK/ARM (-) RED/BLACK OR PURPLE/RED
UNLOCK/DISARM (-) BLACK/GREEN OR PURPLE/GREEN
TRUNK RELEASE (-) PURPLE - 22 HAZARDS (-) ORANGE
BRAKE (+) GREEN/ORANGE - 01 TACH (AC) BLACK/YELLOW - 09

2 1234567

3 N/A
1: 22 PIN 2: 10 PIN 1: 4 PIN 1

DRIVER DOOR MODULE (B)
DRIVER DASH FUSEBOX, REAR VIEW (C) BRAKE SWITCH (D) OBDII (E)

HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 1
INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF 1 THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE. FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2004-2006 Lexus LS 430 Smart key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
2004-2006 Lexus LS 430 Smart key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
2004-2006 Lexus LS 430 Smart key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2004-2006 Lexus LS 430 Smart key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2004-2006 Lexus LS 430 Smart key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
1998-2002 LEXUS LX 470 STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

A E
C
B D

T007_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1998-2002 Lexus LX 470 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

M1 01 ORANGE - ACCESSORY (+) 02 RED - 12 VOLT (+) 03 PURPLE - STARTER (+) 04 PINK/WHITE - IGNITION 2 (+) 05 PINK - IGNITION (+) 06 WHITE 07 RED - 12V (+) 08 BLACK - GROUND
M2 01 GREEN·BLACK DOT - LOCK (-) OUTPUT 02 BLUE·BLACK DOT - UNLOCK (-) OUTPUT 03 RED/WHITE·BLACK DOT 04 GREEN/WHITE·BLACK DOT 05 GREEN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 06 BLUE/WHITE·BLACK DOT - GWR (-) OUTPUT 07 EMPTY 08 WHITE/PURPLE·BLACK DOT 09 PURPLE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - AUTOLIGHT OFF (-) OUTPUT 10 WHITE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - HORN (-) OUTPUT 11 BROWN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 12 WHITE·BLACK DOT - PARKING LIGHT (-) OUTPUT
M3 01 BROWN·SILVER DOT - BRAKE (+) INPUT 02 BLACK/WHITE·SILVER DOT 03 PURPLE·SILVER DOT 04 GREEN·SILVER DOT 05 PURPLE/WHITE·SILVER DOT - TACH (AC) INPUT 06 WHITE/BLUE·SILVER DOT 07 GRAY·SILVER DOT - HOOD (-) INPUT 08 BLUE·SILVER DOT 09 GRAY/BLACK·SILVER DOT 10 EMPTY
M4 01 EMPTY 02 EMPTY 03 BROWN/RED 04 BROWN/YELLOW 05 BLUE/RED 06 BLUE/YELLOW 07 EMPTY 08 ORANGE 09 YELLOW 10 EMPTY 11 GRAY/RED - IMMO. RXCK (DATA) 12 GRAY/YELLOW 13 GREEN/RED - IMMO. CODE (DATA) 14 ORANGE/WHITE - IMMO. TXCT (DATA) 15 BROWN - IMMO. AMP (DATA) 16 ORANGE/BLACK 17 PINK 18 PURPLE 19 RED 20 BLACK
M5 01 GRAY/BLACK·BLUE DOT - CODE (DATA) CONNECTOR SIDE 02 WHITE/BLACK·BLUE DOT - RXCK (DATA) CONNECTOR SIDE 03 GRAY/RED·BLUE DOT - CODE (DATA) VEHICLE SIDE 04 WHITE/RED·BLUE DOT - RXCK (DATA) VEHICLE SIDE 05 GRAY·BLUE DOT 06 WHITE·BLUE DOT

T007_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

12V 2 (+) BLACK/RED - 02 ACCESSORY (+) BLACK - 03 IGNITION 2 (+) BLUE/BLACK - 04 IGNITION 1 (+) BLACK/RED - 06
12V (+) WHITE/RED - 07 STARTER 1 (+) BLACK/WHITE - 08
AMP (DATA) BLACK/YELLOW - 01 CODE (DATA) BLUE/BLACK - 02
RXCK (DATA) PURPLE/GREEN - 03

1 4321 8765
2 123456

TXCT (DATA) RED/YELLOW - 04

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A)
2 1 3

KEYSENSE (-) RED/BLACK - 01

3: N/A

LOCK/ARM (-) BLUE/WHITE UNLOCK/DISARM (-) GREEN/BLACK PARKING LIGHT (-) BROWN/BLACK OR GREEN/WHITE
BRAKE (+) GREEN/WHITE - 06
DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) RED/YELLOW 1
TACH (AC) BLACK - 21

1: 20 PIN

PASSENGER KICK PANEL (B)

1: 20 PIN, CENTER TOP OF FUSEBOX 2: BLACK, BOTTOM OF FUSEBOX

DASH FUSEBOX (C) DRIVER KICK PANEL (D)

1: 28 PIN

ECM, BEHIND GLOVE BOX (E)

HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 1

INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF 1 THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE.
FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1998-2002 Lexus LX 470 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
1998-2002 Lexus LX 470 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
1998-2002 Lexus LX 470 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1998-2002 Lexus LX 470 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1998-2002 Lexus LX 470 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
2003-2007 LEXUS LX 470 STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1
A B
C D

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

T035_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2003-2007 Lexus LX 470 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

M1 01 ORANGE - ACCESSORY (+) 02 RED - 12 VOLT (+) 03 PURPLE - STARTER (+) 04 PINK/WHITE - IGNITION 2 (+) 05 PINK - IGNITION (+) 06 WHITE 07 RED - 12V (+) 08 BLACK - GROUND
M2 01 GREEN·BLACK DOT - LOCK (-) OUTPUT 02 BLUE·BLACK DOT - UNLOCK (-) OUTPUT 03 RED/WHITE·BLACK DOT 04 GREEN/WHITE·BLACK DOT 05 GREEN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 06 BLUE/WHITE·BLACK DOT - GWR (-) OUTPUT 07 EMPTY 08 WHITE/PURPLE·BLACK DOT 09 PURPLE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - AUTOLIGHT OFF (-) OUTPUT 10 WHITE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - HORN (-) OUTPUT 11 BROWN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 12 WHITE·BLACK DOT - PARKING LIGHT (-) OUTPUT
M3 01 BROWN·SILVER DOT - BRAKE (+) INPUT 02 BLACK/WHITE·SILVER DOT 03 PURPLE·SILVER DOT 04 GREEN·SILVER DOT 05 PURPLE/WHITE·SILVER DOT - TACH (AC) INPUT 06 WHITE/BLUE·SILVER DOT 07 GRAY·SILVER DOT - HOOD (-) INPUT 08 BLUE·SILVER DOT 09 GRAY/BLACK·SILVER DOT 10 EMPTY
M4 01 EMPTY 02 EMPTY 03 BROWN/RED 04 BROWN/YELLOW 05 BLUE/RED 06 BLUE/YELLOW 07 EMPTY 08 ORANGE 09 YELLOW 10 EMPTY 11 GRAY/RED - TXCT (DATA) 12 GRAY/YELLOW 13 GREEN/RED - CODE (DATA) 14 ORANGE/WHITE 15 BROWN 16 ORANGE/BLACK 17 PINK 18 PURPLE 19 RED 20 BLACK
M5 01 GRAY/BLACK·BLUE DOT 02 WHITE/BLACK·BLUE DOT 03 GRAY/RED·BLUE DOT 04 WHITE/RED·BLUE DOT 05 GRAY·BLUE DOT 06 WHITE·BLUE DOT

T035_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

7.5A

1 12V 2 (+) BLACK/RED - 02

ACCESSORY (+) BLACK - 03

IGNITION 2 (+) BLUE/BLACK - 04

4321

IGNITION 1 (+) BLACK/RED - 06

8765

15A

12V (+) WHITE/RED - 07

STARTER 1 (+) BLACK/WHITE - 08

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A)
2 1 3

CODE (DATA) BLUE/BLACK - 04 TXCT (DATA) PURPLE/GREEN - 05
KEYSENSE (-) RED/BLACK - 02
LOCK/ARM (-) BLUE/WHITE UNLOCK/DISARM (-) GREEN/BLACK DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) RED/YELLOW - 23 1
WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1

7654321
3 BODY ECU, DASH FUSEBOX (B)
1: BLACK 42 PIN, BOTTOM OF FUSEBOX
2: 24 PIN

PARKING LIGHT (-) GREEN/BLACK - 08 BRAKE (+) GREEN/WHITE - 01 TACH (AC) BLACK - 09

3: WHITE 26 PIN 1

BRAKE SWITCH (C) OBDII (D)

HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 2
INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF 2 THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE. FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2003-2007 Lexus LX 470 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
2003-2007 Lexus LX 470 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
2003-2007 Lexus LX 470 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2003-2007 Lexus LX 470 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2003-2007 Lexus LX 470 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
1999-2003 LEXUS RX 300 STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1

A D

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

T024_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1999-2003 Lexus RX 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

M1 01 ORANGE - ACCESSORY (+) 02 RED - 12 VOLT (+) 03 PURPLE - STARTER (+) 04 PINK/WHITE - IGNITION 2 (+) 05 PINK - IGNITION (+) 06 WHITE 07 RED - 12V (+) 08 BLACK - GROUND
M2 01 GREEN·BLACK DOT - LOCK (-) OUTPUT 02 BLUE·BLACK DOT - UNLOCK (-) OUTPUT 03 RED/WHITE·BLACK DOT 04 GREEN/WHITE·BLACK DOT 05 GREEN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 06 BLUE/WHITE·BLACK DOT - GWR (-) OUTPUT 07 EMPTY 08 WHITE/PURPLE·BLACK DOT 09 PURPLE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - AUTOLIGHT OFF (-) OUTPUT 10 WHITE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - HORN (-) OUTPUT 11 BROWN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 12 WHITE·BLACK DOT - PARKING LIGHT (-) OUTPUT
M3 01 BROWN·SILVER DOT - BRAKE (+) INPUT 02 BLACK/WHITE·SILVER DOT 03 PURPLE·SILVER DOT 04 GREEN·SILVER DOT 05 PURPLE/WHITE·SILVER DOT - TACH (AC) INPUT 06 WHITE/BLUE·SILVER DOT 07 GRAY·SILVER DOT - HOOD (-) INPUT 08 BLUE·SILVER DOT 09 GRAY/BLACK·SILVER DOT 10 EMPTY
M4 01 EMPTY 02 EMPTY 03 BROWN/RED 04 BROWN/YELLOW 05 BLUE/RED 06 BLUE/YELLOW 07 EMPTY 08 ORANGE 09 YELLOW 10 EMPTY 11 GRAY/RED - IMMO. RXCK (DATA) 12 GRAY/YELLOW 13 GREEN/RED - IMMO. CODE (DATA) 14 ORANGE/WHITE - IMMO. TXCT (DATA) 15 BROWN - IMMO. AMP (DATA) 16 ORANGE/BLACK 17 PINK 18 PURPLE 19 RED 20 BLACK
M5 01 GRAY/BLACK·BLUE DOT - CODE (DATA) CONNECTOR SIDE 02 WHITE/BLACK·BLUE DOT - RXCK (DATA) CONNECTOR SIDE 03 GRAY/RED·BLUE DOT - CODE (DATA) VEHICLE SIDE 04 WHITE/RED·BLUE DOT - RXCK (DATA) VEHICLE SIDE 05 GRAY·BLUE DOT 06 WHITE·BLUE DOT

T024_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

12V 2 (+) WHITE/BLUE - 02
ACCESSORY (+) PINK - 03 IGNITION 2 (+) BLACK/YELLOW - 04 IGNITION 1 (+) BLACK OR BLACK/RED - 06
12V (+) WHITE/RED - 07 STARTER 1 (+) BLACK/WHITE - 08

1
4321 8765

AMP (DATA) BLUE/WHITE OR BLACK/RED - 01

CODE (DATA) PURPLE - 02

RXCK (DATA) PINK OR BLACK - 03

12345

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A)
2 1 3

87 86 87A 85
30

TXCT (DATA) GRAY - 04 KEYSENSE (-) BLUE - 01

3 12

LOCK DETECTION (-) GRAY

1: N/A

UNLOCK (-) PINK/BLUE
LOCK (-) PINK DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) PURPLE OR RED/BLUE - 05 1

BRAKE (+) GREEN/WHITE - 01 PARKING LIGHT (-) GREEN/RED - 14

1: N/A
1
8 7 654 3 2 1 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9

DRIVER WINDOW SWITCH (B)
BRAKE SWITCH (C) HEADLAMP SWITCH (D)

TACH (AC) ORANGE - 09
HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 2

1: WHITE 10 PIN

RIGHT OF FUSEBOX (C)

WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1 INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF 2 THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE.
FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1999-2003 Lexus RX 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
1999-2003 Lexus RX 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
1999-2003 Lexus RX 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1999-2003 Lexus RX 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1999-2003 Lexus RX 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
2004-2006 LEXUS RX 330 STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

T047_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2004-2006 Lexus RX 330 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

T047_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

STARTER 2 (+) WHITE - 01 ACCESSORY (+) RED OR GRAY - 03
IGNITION 2 (+) GREEN - 04 IGNITION 1 (+) PURPLE - 06
12V (+) RED - 07
STARTER 1 (+) BLUE - 08
CODE (DATA) LTGREEN - 04 TXCT (DATA) BROWN - 05
KEYSENSE (-) BLACK - 02

1 4321 8765
2
7654321 3

LOCK/ARM (-) BROWN - 04

N/A

UNLOCK/DISARM (-) GRAY - 14

PARKING LIGHT (-) ORANGE - 18

N/A

DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) BLACK 1 OR BLUE - 14
WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1
BRAKE (+) GRAY OR BLUE - 01

1: 16 PIN N/A

POWER LIFTGATE (-) PURPLE

N/A

TACH (AC) WHITE - 01 OR 05

1: TOP CONNECTOR

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A)
2 1 3
DRIVER WINDOW SWITCH (B) PARKING LIGHT SWITCH (C) BODY ECU (D)
BRAKE SWITCH (E) POWER LIFTGATE SWITCH (F) ECM - BEHIND GLOVEBOX (G)

HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 2
INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF 2 THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE. FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2004-2006 Lexus RX 330 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
2004-2006 Lexus RX 330 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
2004-2006 Lexus RX 330 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2004-2006 Lexus RX 330 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2004-2006 Lexus RX 330 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
2007-2008 LEXUS RX 350 STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

T047_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2007-2008 Lexus RX 350 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

T047_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

1 4321 8765
2
7654321 3

LOCK/ARM (-) BROWN - 04

N/A

UNLOCK/DISARM (-) GRAY - 14

PARKING LIGHT (-) ORANGE - 18

N/A

DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) BLACK 1 OR BLUE - 14
WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1
BRAKE (+) GRAY OR BLUE - 01

1: 16 PIN N/A

POWER LIFTGATE (-) PURPLE

N/A

TACH (AC) WHITE - 01 OR 05

1: TOP CONNECTOR

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A)
2 1 3
DRIVER WINDOW SWITCH (B) PARKING LIGHT SWITCH (C) BODY ECU (D)
BRAKE SWITCH (E) POWER LIFTGATE SWITCH (F) ECM - BEHIND GLOVEBOX (G)

HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 2
INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF 2 THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE. FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2007-2008 Lexus RX 350 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
2007-2008 Lexus RX 350 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
2007-2008 Lexus RX 350 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2007-2008 Lexus RX 350 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2007-2008 Lexus RX 350 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
2006-2008 LEXUS RX 400H STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1

D A
B

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

T050_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2006-2008 Lexus RX 400h STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

M1 01 ORANGE - ACCESSORY (+) 02 RED - 12 VOLT (+) 03 PURPLE - STARTER (+) 04 PINK/WHITE - IGNITION 2 (+) 05 PINK - IGNITION (+) 06 WHITE 07 RED - 12V (+) 08 BLACK - GROUND
M2 01 GREEN·BLACK DOT - LOCK (-) OUTPUT 02 BLUE·BLACK DOT - UNLOCK (-) OUTPUT 03 RED/WHITE·BLACK DOT - TRUNK (-) OUTPUT 04 GREEN/WHITE·BLACK DOT 05 GREEN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 06 BLUE/WHITE·BLACK DOT - GWR (-) OUTPUT 07 EMPTY 08 WHITE/PURPLE·BLACK DOT 09 PURPLE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - AUTOLIGHT OFF (-) OUTPUT 10 WHITE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - HORN (-) OUTPUT 11 BROWN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 12 WHITE·BLACK DOT - PARKING LIGHT (-) OUTPUT
M3 01 BROWN·SILVER DOT - BRAKE (+) INPUT 02 BLACK/WHITE·SILVER DOT 03 PURPLE·SILVER DOT 04 GREEN·SILVER DOT 05 PURPLE/WHITE·SILVER DOT 06 WHITE/BLUE·SILVER DOT 07 GRAY·SILVER DOT - HOOD (-) INPUT 08 BLUE·SILVER DOT 09 GRAY/BLACK·SILVER DOT 10 EMPTY
M4 01 EMPTY 02 EMPTY 03 BROWN/RED 04 BROWN/YELLOW 05 BLUE/RED 06 BLUE/YELLOW 07 EMPTY 08 ORANGE 09 YELLOW 10 EMPTY 11 GRAY/RED - TXCT (DATA) 12 GRAY/YELLOW 13 GREEN/RED - CODE (DATA) 14 ORANGE/WHITE 15 BROWN 16 ORANGE/BLACK 17 PINK 18 PURPLE 19 RED 20 BLACK
M5 01 GRAY/BLACK·BLUE DOT 02 WHITE/BLACK·BLUE DOT 03 GRAY/RED·BLUE DOT 04 WHITE/RED·BLUE DOT 05 GRAY·BLUE DOT 06 WHITE·BLUE DOT

T050_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

ACCESSORY (+) BROWN OR GRAY - 03 IGNITION 2 (+) GREEN - 04
IGNITION 1 (+) PURPLE - 06 12V (+) RED - 07
STARTER 1 (+) BLUE - 08

1
4321 8765

CODE (DATA) LTGREEN - 04 TXCT (DATA) BROWN - 05

2 7654321

KEYSENSE (-) BLACK - 02

PARKING LIGHT (-) ORANGE - 18

N/A

LOCK/ARM (-) BROWN - 04

N/A

UNLOCK/DISARM (-) GRAY - 14

POWER LIFTGATE (-) PURPLE

N/A

BRAKE (+) BLUE - 01

N/A

DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) BLACK OR BLUE - 14 1 WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1

1: WHITE 16 PIN

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A) 2 1 3
PARKING LIGHT SWITCH (B) DRIVER WINDOW SWITCH (C) POWER LIFTGATE SWITCH (D)
BRAKE SWITCH (E) BODY ECU (F)

HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 2
INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF 2 THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE. FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2006-2008 Lexus RX 400h STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
2006-2008 Lexus RX 400h STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
2006-2008 Lexus RX 400h STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2006-2008 Lexus RX 400h STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2006-2008 Lexus RX 400h STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
1998-2000 LEXUS SC 300 STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

A E
D
B

T025_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

F
1998-2000 Lexus SC 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

T025_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

87 86 87A 85
30

STARTER 1 (+) BLACK/RED - 01 IGNITION 2 (+) BLACK/YELLOW - 02
ACCESSORY (+) RED - 03 12V 2 (+) WHITE - 04
IGNITION 1 (+) BLACK/WHITE - 06 12V (+) WHITE/RED - 11
AMP (DATA) BLACK/RED - 01 CODE (DATA) BLACK/ORANGE - 02
RXCK (DATA) BLUE - 03
TXCT (DATA) GREEN/ORANGE - 04 KEYSENSE (-) YELLOW - 10

1: N/A
2 12345
3: N/A

LOCK (-) GREEN/YELLOW UNLOCK (-) GREEN/WHITE TRUNK RELEASE (-) BLUE - 02
BRAKE (+) GREEN/WHITE - 01

1: N/A 1: N/A 1: N/A 1: N/A

AUTOLIGHT (-) GREEN/ORANGE - 03 1
PARKING LIGHTS (-) GREEN - 03 1
TACH (AC) HORN (-)
HOOD SWITCH 2

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A) 2 1 3
PASSENGER KICK PANEL (B) TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH (C)
BRAKE SWITCH (D) HEADLAMP SWITCH (E)
COIL OR INJECTOR (F)

WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1 INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE. 2
FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1998-2000 Lexus SC 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
1998-2000 Lexus SC 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
1998-2000 Lexus SC 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1998-2000 Lexus SC 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1998-2000 Lexus SC 300 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
1998-2000 LEXUS SC 400 STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

A E
D
B

T025_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

F
1998-2000 Lexus SC 400 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

T025_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

87 86 87A 85
30

1: N/A
2 12345
3: N/A

LOCK (-) GREEN/YELLOW UNLOCK (-) GREEN/WHITE TRUNK RELEASE (-) BLUE - 02
BRAKE (+) GREEN/WHITE - 01

1: N/A 1: N/A 1: N/A 1: N/A

AUTOLIGHT (-) GREEN/ORANGE - 03 1
PARKING LIGHTS (-) GREEN - 03 1
TACH (AC) HORN (-)
HOOD SWITCH 2

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A) 2 1 3
PASSENGER KICK PANEL (B) TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH (C)
BRAKE SWITCH (D) HEADLAMP SWITCH (E)
COIL OR INJECTOR (F)

WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1 INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE. 2
FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1998-2000 Lexus SC 400 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
1998-2000 Lexus SC 400 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
1998-2000 Lexus SC 400 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1998-2000 Lexus SC 400 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1998-2000 Lexus SC 400 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
2002-2009 LEXUS SC 430 STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

T026_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2002-2009 Lexus SC 430 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

T026_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

IGNITION 2 (+) BLUE - 02 ACCESSORY (+) WHITE/GREEN - 03
IGNITION 1 (+) BLACK - 06 12V (+) BLACK/RED - 07
STARTER 1 (+) WHITE/RED - 08

1
4321 8765

AMP (DATA) YELLOW - 01 CODE (DATA) PURPLE/WHITE - 02
RXCK (DATA) RED - 03

2 12345

TXCT (DATA) GREEN - 04 KEYSENSE (-) LTGREEN/BLACK - 02

3: N/A

LOCK (-) WHITE - 08 UNLOCK (-) WHITE/RED - 19
TRUNK RELEASE (-) WHITE - 05 HAZARDS (-) YELLOW - 02
DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) RED/WHITE - 05 1

1: WHITE 30 PIN
1: WHITE 22 PIN 1: WHITE 10 PIN 1: WHITE 18 PIN

BRAKE (+) GREEN/WHITE - 01

1:N/A

TACH (AC) BLACK/YELLOW - 09

HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 2

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A) 2 1 3
DRIVER DOOR MODULE (B) DRIVER KICK PANEL (C) BRAKE SWITCH (D) OBDII (E)

WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1 INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF 2 THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE.
FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2002-2009 Lexus SC 430 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
2002-2009 Lexus SC 430 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
2002-2009 Lexus SC 430 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2002-2009 Lexus SC 430 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2002-2009 Lexus SC 430 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
2008 PONTIAC VIBE STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1

D E

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

T036_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2008 Pontiac Vibe STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

M1 01 ORANGE - ACCESSORY (+) 02 RED - 12 VOLT (+) 03 PURPLE - STARTER (+) 04 PINK/WHITE - IGNITION 2 (+) 05 PINK - IGNITION (+) 06 WHITE - PARKING LIGHT (+) 07 RED - 12V (+) 08 BLACK - GROUND
M2 01 GREEN·BLACK DOT - LOCK (-) OUTPUT 02 BLUE·BLACK DOT - UNLOCK (-) OUTPUT 03 RED/WHITE·BLACK DOT - TRUNK (-) OUTPUT 04 GREEN/WHITE·BLACK DOT 05 GREEN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 06 BLUE/WHITE·BLACK DOT - GWR (-) OUTPUT 07 EMPTY 08 WHITE/PURPLE·BLACK DOT 09 PURPLE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - AUTOLIGHT OFF (-) OUTPUT 10 WHITE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - HORN (-) OUTPUT 11 BROWN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 12 WHITE·BLACK DOT - PARKING LIGHT (-) OUTPUT
M3 01 BROWN·SILVER DOT - BRAKE (+) INPUT 02 BLACK/WHITE·SILVER DOT 03 PURPLE·SILVER DOT 04 GREEN·SILVER DOT 05 PURPLE/WHITE·SILVER DOT - TACH (AC) INPUT 06 WHITE/BLUE·SILVER DOT 07 GRAY·SILVER DOT - HOOD (-) INPUT 08 BLUE·SILVER DOT 09 GRAY/BLACK·SILVER DOT 10 EMPTY
M4 01 EMPTY 02 EMPTY 03 BROWN/RED 04 BROWN/YELLOW 05 BLUE/RED 06 BLUE/YELLOW 07 EMPTY 08 ORANGE 09 YELLOW 10 EMPTY 11 GRAY/RED - TXCT (DATA) 12 GRAY/YELLOW 13 GREEN/RED - CODE (DATA) 14 ORANGE/WHITE 15 BROWN 16 ORANGE/BLACK 17 PINK 18 PURPLE 19 RED 20 BLACK
M5 01 GRAY/BLACK·BLUE DOT 02 WHITE/BLACK·BLUE DOT 03 GRAY/RED·BLUE DOT 04 WHITE/RED·BLUE DOT 05 GRAY·BLUE DOT 06 WHITE·BLUE DOT

T036_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

12V (+) WHITE - 01

IGNITION 2 (+) BLACK/YELLOW - 02

ACCESSORY (+) BLUE/RED - 03

321

STARTER 1 (+) RED - 04

654

15A

12V 2 (+) BLACK - 05

IGNITION 1 (+) BLACK/WHITE - 06

CODE (DATA) BLUE - 04 TXCT (DATA) GREEN - 05
KEYSENSE (-) BLUE/BLACK - 02

7654321 3
12

LOCK/ARM (-) GREEN - 06 UNLOCK/DISARM (-) BLUE/YELLOW - 07

1
54321 10 9 8 7 6

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A) 2 1 3
DRIVER KICK PANEL (B)

DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) RED/WHITE 1

2: HARNESS IN RUNNING BOARD

WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1

PARKING LIGHT (+) GREEN

PARKING LIGHT (-) GREEN/WHITE - 13 2 USA MODEL ONLY 2

13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5

PARKING LIGHT SWITCH (C)

BRAKE (+) GREEN/WHITE - 01 TACH (AC) BLACK - 05

N/A
1 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1234567

BRAKE SWITCH (D) ECM, BEHIND GLOVE BOX (E)

HATCH GLASS RELEASE (-) BLUE/WHITE- 02

N/A

GLASS HATCH RELEASE SWITCH (F)

HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 3
INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF 3 THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE. FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2008 Pontiac Vibe STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
2008 Pontiac Vibe STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
2008 Pontiac Vibe STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2008 Pontiac Vibe STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2008 Pontiac Vibe STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
2005-2010 SCION TC STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1

D E

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

T048_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2005-2010 Scion tC STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

M1 01 ORANGE - ACCESSORY (+) 02 RED - 12 VOLT (+) 03 PURPLE - STARTER (+) 04 PINK/WHITE - IGNITION 2 (+) 05 PINK - IGNITION (+) 06 WHITE - STARTER 2 07 RED - 12V (+) 08 BLACK - GROUND
M2 01 GREEN·BLACK DOT - LOCK (-) OUTPUT 02 BLUE·BLACK DOT - UNLOCK (-) OUTPUT 03 RED/WHITE·BLACK DOT - TRUNK (-) OUTPUT 04 GREEN/WHITE·BLACK DOT 05 GREEN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 06 BLUE/WHITE·BLACK DOT - GWR (-) OUTPUT 07 EMPTY 08 WHITE/PURPLE·BLACK DOT 09 PURPLE/BLACK·BLACK DOT 10 WHITE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - HORN (-) OUTPUT 11 BROWN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 12 WHITE·BLACK DOT - PARKING LIGHT (-) OUTPUT
M3 01 BROWN·SILVER DOT - BRAKE (+) INPUT 02 BLACK/WHITE·SILVER DOT 03 PURPLE·SILVER DOT 04 GREEN·SILVER DOT 05 PURPLE/WHITE·SILVER DOT - TACH (AC) INPUT 06 WHITE/BLUE·SILVER DOT 07 GRAY·SILVER DOT - HOOD (-) INPUT 08 BLUE·SILVER DOT 09 GRAY/BLACK·SILVER DOT 10 EMPTY
M4 01 EMPTY 02 EMPTY 03 BROWN/RED 04 BROWN/YELLOW 05 BLUE/RED 06 BLUE/YELLOW 07 EMPTY 08 ORANGE 09 YELLOW 10 EMPTY 11 GRAY/RED - TXCT (DATA) 12 GRAY/YELLOW 13 GREEN/RED - CODE (DATA) 14 ORANGE/WHITE 15 BROWN 16 ORANGE/BLACK 17 PINK 18 PURPLE 19 RED 20 BLACK
M5 01 GRAY/BLACK·BLUE DOT 02 WHITE/BLACK·BLUE DOT 03 GRAY/RED·BLUE DOT 04 WHITE/RED·BLUE DOT 05 GRAY·BLUE DOT 06 WHITE·BLUE DOT

T048_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

STARTER 2 (+) GREEN - 01 12V 2 (+) WHITE - 02
ACCESSORY (+) GRAY - 03 IGNITION 2 (+) YELLOW - 04
IGNITION 1 (+) BLUE - 06 12V (+) RED - 07
STARTER 1 (+) BLACK - 08
CODE (DATA) YELLOW - 04 TXCT (DATA) RED - 05
KEYSENSE (-) BLACK - 02
LOCK/ARM (-) GREEN OR BLUE - 15 UNLOCK/DISARM (-) PURPLE OR PINK - 14
TRUNK RELEASE (-) ORANGE - 12
PARKING LIGHT (-) BROWN - 14
BRAKE (+) BLUE - 01
TACH (AC) BLACK - 09

1 4321 8765
2
7654321 3 1: WHITE 20 PIN 2: GRAY 12 PIN 1: WHITE 17 PIN N/A 1

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A) 2 1 3
DRIVER KICK PANEL (B)
PARKING LIGHT SWITCH (C) BRAKE SWITCH (D) OBDII (E)

HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 1
INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF 1 THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE. FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2005-2010 Scion tC STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
2005-2010 Scion tC STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
2005-2010 Scion tC STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2005-2010 Scion tC STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2005-2010 Scion tC STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
1999-2002 TOYOTA 4RUNNER STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

C D

T001_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

E
1999-2002 Toyota 4Runner STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

M1 01 ORANGE - ACCESSORY (+) 02 RED - 12 VOLT (+) 03 PURPLE - STARTER (+) 04 PINK/WHITE - IGNITION 2 (+) 05 PINK - IGNITION (+) 06 WHITE 07 RED - 12V (+) 08 BLACK - GROUND
M2 01 GREEN·BLACK DOT - LOCK (-) OUTPUT 02 BLUE·BLACK DOT - UNLOCK (-) OUTPUT 03 RED/WHITE·BLACK DOT 04 GREEN/WHITE·BLACK DOT 05 GREEN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 06 BLUE/WHITE·BLACK DOT - GWR (-) OUTPUT 07 EMPTY 08 WHITE/PURPLE·BLACK DOT 09 PURPLE/BLACK·BLACK DOT 10 WHITE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - HORN (-) OUTPUT 11 BROWN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 12 WHITE·BLACK DOT - PARKING LIGHT (-) OUTPUT
M3 01 BROWN·SILVER DOT - BRAKE (+) INPUT 02 BLACK/WHITE·SILVER DOT 03 PURPLE·SILVER DOT 04 GREEN·SILVER DOT 05 PURPLE/WHITE·SILVER DOT - TACH (AC) INPUT 06 WHITE/BLUE·SILVER DOT 07 GRAY·SILVER DOT - HOOD (-) INPUT 08 BLUE·SILVER DOT 09 GRAY/BLACK·SILVER DOT 10 EMPTY
M4 01 EMPTY 02 EMPTY 03 BROWN/RED 04 BROWN/YELLOW 05 BLUE/RED 06 BLUE/YELLOW 07 EMPTY 08 ORANGE 09 YELLOW 10 EMPTY 11 GRAY/RED - IMMO. RXCK (DATA) 12 GRAY/YELLOW 13 GREEN/RED - IMMO. CODE (DATA) 14 ORANGE/WHITE - IMMO. TXCT (DATA) 15 BROWN - IMMO. AMP (DATA) 16 ORANGE/BLACK 17 PINK 18 PURPLE 19 RED 20 BLACK
M5 01 GRAY/BLACK·BLUE DOT - CODE (DATA) CONNECTOR SIDE 02 WHITE/BLACK·BLUE DOT - RXCK (DATA) CONNECTOR SIDE 03 GRAY/RED·BLUE DOT - CODE (DATA) VEHICLE SIDE 04 WHITE/RED·BLUE DOT - RXCK (DATA) VEHICLE SIDE 05 GRAY·BLUE DOT 06 WHITE·BLUE DOT

T001_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

12V 2 (+) WHITE - 02 ACCESSORY (+) BLUE/RED - 03 IGNITION 2 (+) BLACK/YELLOW - 04 IGNITION 1 (+) BLACK/RED - 06
12V (+) WHITE/RED - 07 STARTER 1 (+) GREEN/BLACK OR BLACK - 08
AMP (DATA) WHITE/BLUE - 01 CODE (DATA) GRAY/RED - 02
RXCK (DATA) RED/BLACK - 03

1 4321 8765
2 12345

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A)
2 1 3

TXCT (DATA) PINK/BLACK - 04 KEYSENSE (-) YELLOW/RED - 02

3 12

PARKING LIGHT (-) RED/WHITE - 14

1 2 3 456 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

HEADLAMP SWITCH (B)

LOCK/ARM (-) BROWN/WHITE UNLOCK/DISARM (-) BLUE/BLACK UNLOCK DETECTION (-) RED/BLUE
BRAKE (+) GREEN/WHITE
TACH (AC) BLACK

DRIVER DOOR HARNESS (C) 1 DOUBLE PULSE UNLOCK REQUIRED
RUNNING BOARD, DRIVER SIDE (D) DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTOR, LEFT OF ENGINE (E) N/A

HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 2

INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF 2 THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE.
FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1999-2002 Toyota 4Runner STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
1999-2002 Toyota 4Runner STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
1999-2002 Toyota 4Runner STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1999-2002 Toyota 4Runner STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1999-2002 Toyota 4Runner STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
2003-2009 TOYOTA 4RUNNER STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1
A C
E D B

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

T027_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2003-2009 Toyota 4Runner STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

M1 01 ORANGE - ACCESSORY (+) 02 RED - 12 VOLT (+) 03 PURPLE - STARTER (+) 04 PINK/WHITE - IGNITION 2 (+) 05 PINK - IGNITION (+) 06 WHITE 07 RED - 12V (+) 08 BLACK - GROUND
M2 01 GREEN·BLACK DOT - LOCK (-) OUTPUT 02 BLUE·BLACK DOT - UNLOCK (-) OUTPUT 03 RED/WHITE·BLACK DOT 04 GREEN/WHITE·BLACK DOT 05 GREEN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 06 BLUE/WHITE·BLACK DOT - GWR (-) OUTPUT 07 EMPTY 08 WHITE/PURPLE·BLACK DOT 09 PURPLE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - AUTOLIGHT OFF (-) OUTPUT 10 WHITE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - HORN (-) OUTPUT 11 BROWN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 12 WHITE·BLACK DOT - PARKING LIGHT (-) OUTPUT
M3 01 BROWN·SILVER DOT - BRAKE (+) INPUT 02 BLACK/WHITE·SILVER DOT 03 PURPLE·SILVER DOT 04 GREEN·SILVER DOT 05 PURPLE/WHITE·SILVER DOT - TACH (AC) INPUT 06 WHITE/BLUE·SILVER DOT 07 GRAY·SILVER DOT - HOOD (-) INPUT 08 BLUE·SILVER DOT 09 GRAY/BLACK·SILVER DOT 10 EMPTY
M4 01 EMPTY 02 EMPTY 03 BROWN/RED 04 BROWN/YELLOW 05 BLUE/RED 06 BLUE/YELLOW 07 EMPTY 08 ORANGE 09 YELLOW 10 EMPTY 11 GRAY/RED - TXCT (DATA) 12 GRAY/YELLOW 13 GREEN/RED - CODE (DATA) 14 ORANGE/WHITE 15 BROWN 16 ORANGE/BLACK 17 PINK 18 PURPLE 19 RED 20 BLACK
M5 01 GRAY/BLACK·BLUE DOT 02 WHITE/BLACK·BLUE DOT 03 GRAY/RED·BLUE DOT 04 WHITE/RED·BLUE DOT 05 GRAY·BLUE DOT 06 WHITE·BLUE DOT

T027_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

12V 2 (+) WHITE/BLUE - 02 ACCESSORY (+) BLUE/RED - 03 IGNITION 2 (+) BLACK/YELLOW - 04 IGNITION 1 (+) BLACK/RED - 06
12V (+) RED - 07 STARTER 1 (+) GREEN/BLACK - 08
CODE (DATA) PINK/GREEN - 04 TXCT (DATA) LTGREEN/RED - 05
KEYSENSE (-) GREEN/YELLOW - 02

1
4321 8765
2
7654321 3
12 34

LOCK/ARM (-) BLUE - 06 UNLOCK/DISARM (-) GREEN - 08

1:WHITE 18 PIN 1

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A) 2 1 3
DRIVER KICK PANEL (B) BODY ECU, DASH FUSE BOX (C)

PARKING LIGHT (-) GREEN - 08

654321
17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18

DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) RED/BLACK - 23 1

2:WHITE 24 PIN

TACH (AC) BLACK/WHITE - 09

BLUE 22 PIN

BRAKE (+) GREEN/YELLOW - 01

N/A

JUNCTION BLOCK, ABOVE GAS PEDAL (D) BRAKE SWITCH (E)

HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 2
WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1 INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF 2 THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE. FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2003-2009 Toyota 4Runner STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
2003-2009 Toyota 4Runner STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
2003-2009 Toyota 4Runner STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2003-2009 Toyota 4Runner STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2003-2009 Toyota 4Runner STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
1998-1999 TOYOTA AVALON STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1
A D E B

T003_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803
F
1998-1999 Toyota Avalon STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

T003_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

12V 2 (+) WHITE - 02 ACCESSORY (+) BLUE - 03 IGNITION 2 (+) BLACK - 04 IGNITION 1 (+) BLACK/YELLOW - 06
12V (+) WHITE/RED - 07 STARTER 1 (+) RED - 08
AMP (DATA) LTGREEN - 01 CODE (DATA) BLACK/RED - 02
RXCK (DATA) YELLOW - 03

1 4321 8765
2 12345

TXCT (DATA) GREEN - 04 KEYSENSE (-) RED/YELLOW - 02

3 12

DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) RED/BLUE 1 LOCK (-) GREEN/ORANGE UNLOCK (-) YELLOW/RED
UNLOCK (-) LTGREEN/BLACK
TRUNK RELEASE (-) WHITE/BLUE

1: BLUE 11 PIN

BRAKE (+) GREEN/WHITE - 01 PARKING LIGHT (-) GREEN/RED

1: WHITE 4 PIN 1: INTEGRATION RELAY

TACH (AC)

HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 2

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A) 2 1 3
DRIVER KICK PANEL (B)
TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH (C) BRAKE SWITCH (D)
BOTTOM OF FUSEBOX (E) INJECTOR (F)

WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1 INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF 2 THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE.
FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1998-1999 Toyota Avalon STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
1998-1999 Toyota Avalon STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
1998-1999 Toyota Avalon STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1998-1999 Toyota Avalon STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1998-1999 Toyota Avalon STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
2000-2004 TOYOTA AVALON STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1
A C B D

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

T004_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2000-2004 Toyota Avalon STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

T004_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

ACCESSORY (+) WHITE/GREEN - 03 IGNITION 2 (+) WHITE/RED - 04
IGNITION 1 (+) BLACK/ORANGE - 06 12V (+) WHITE/BLUE - 02
STARTER 1 (+) BLACK/WHITE - 08

1
4321 8765

AMP (DATA) BLACK/WHITE - 01

CODE (DATA) PINK/GREEN - 02

RXCK (DATA) BLUE/ORANGE - 03

12345

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A)
2 1 3

87 86 87A 85
30

TXCT (DATA) BLUE/YELLOW - 04 KEYSENSE (-) RED/YELLOW - 02

3 12

LOCK DETECTION (-) LTGREEN - 24

DRIVER WINDOW SWITCH (B)

UNLOCK (-) BLUE - 10 LOCK (-) BLUE/WHITE - 22 DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) PURPLE OR RED/BLUE - 05 1 TRUNK RELEASE (-) BLUE/BLACK - 18 PARKING LIGHT (-) PINK - 14
BRAKE (+) GREEN/WHITE - 03 TACH (AC) BLACK - 21

1: WHITE 25 PIN

BODY ECU (C)

1: GRAY

DRIVER KICK PANEL (D)

9876

54321

22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10

HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 2

WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1 INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF 2 THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE.
FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2000-2004 Toyota Avalon STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
2000-2004 Toyota Avalon STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
2000-2004 Toyota Avalon STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2000-2004 Toyota Avalon STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2000-2004 Toyota Avalon STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
2005-2009 TOYOTA AVALON STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1

E F

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

T028_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2005-2009 Toyota Avalon STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

M1 01 ORANGE - ACCESSORY (+) 02 RED - 12 VOLT (+) 03 PURPLE - STARTER (+) 04 PINK/WHITE - IGNITION 2 (+) 05 PINK - IGNITION (+) 06 WHITE - STARTER 2 (+) 07 RED - 12V (+) 08 BLACK - GROUND
M2 01 GREEN·BLACK DOT - LOCK (-) OUTPUT 02 BLUE·BLACK DOT - UNLOCK (-) OUTPUT 03 RED/WHITE·BLACK DOT - TRUNK (-) OUTPUT 04 GREEN/WHITE·BLACK DOT 05 GREEN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 06 BLUE/WHITE·BLACK DOT - GWR (-) OUTPUT 07 EMPTY 08 WHITE/PURPLE·BLACK DOT 09 PURPLE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - AUTOLIGHT OFF (-) OUTPUT 10 WHITE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - HORN (-) OUTPUT 11 BROWN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 12 WHITE·BLACK DOT - PARKING LIGHT (-) OUTPUT
M3 01 BROWN·SILVER DOT - BRAKE (+) INPUT 02 BLACK/WHITE·SILVER DOT 03 PURPLE·SILVER DOT 04 GREEN·SILVER DOT 05 PURPLE/WHITE·SILVER DOT - TACH (AC) INPUT 06 WHITE/BLUE·SILVER DOT 07 GRAY·SILVER DOT - HOOD (-) INPUT 08 BLUE·SILVER DOT 09 GRAY/BLACK·SILVER DOT 10 EMPTY
M4 01 EMPTY 02 EMPTY 03 BROWN/RED 04 BROWN/YELLOW 05 BLUE/RED 06 BLUE/YELLOW 07 EMPTY 08 ORANGE 09 YELLOW 10 EMPTY 11 GRAY/RED - TXCT (DATA) 12 GRAY/YELLOW 13 GREEN/RED - CODE (DATA) 14 ORANGE/WHITE 15 BROWN 16 ORANGE/BLACK 17 PINK 18 PURPLE 19 RED 20 BLACK
M5 01 GRAY/BLACK·BLUE DOT 02 WHITE/BLACK·BLUE DOT 03 GRAY/RED·BLUE DOT 04 WHITE/RED·BLUE DOT 05 GRAY·BLUE DOT 06 WHITE·BLUE DOT

T028_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1
STARTER 2 (+) RED - 01 ACCESSORY (+) GRAY - 03 IGNITION 2 (+) GREEN - 04 IGNITION 1 (+) YELLOW - 06
12V (+) BLACK - 07 STARTER 1 (+) BLUE - 08
CODE (DATA) LTGREEN - 04 TXCT (DATA) BROWN - 05
KEYSENSE (-) BLACK - 02
LOCK/ARM (-) BLACK - 09 UNLOCK/DISARM (-) GRAY - 19

1 4321 8765
2

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A)
2 1 3

7654321 3
21 43
1 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

DRIVER KICK PANEL (B)

DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) RED/BLACK - 23 1 WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1

2: BLUE 20 PIN 1: WHITE

PARKING LIGHT SWITCH (C)

PARKING LIGHT (-) BLUE - 18

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

TRUNK RELEASE (-) BLUE - 05
TACH (AC) BLACK - 17 BRAKE (+) WHITE - 01

1 654321
1: WHITE 18 PIN N/A

TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH (D)
LEFT OF STEERING COLUMN (E) BRAKE SWITCH (F)

HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 2
INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF 2 THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE. FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2005-2009 Toyota Avalon STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
2005-2009 Toyota Avalon STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
2005-2009 Toyota Avalon STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2005-2009 Toyota Avalon STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2005-2009 Toyota Avalon STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
1998-2001 TOYOTA CAMRY STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

A D C
B

T005_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

E
1998-2001 Toyota Camry STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

M1 01 ORANGE - ACCESSORY (+) 02 RED - 12 VOLT (+) 03 PURPLE - STARTER (+) 04 PINK/WHITE - IGNITION 2 (+) 05 PINK - IGNITION (+) 06 WHITE 07 RED - 12V (+) 08 BLACK - GROUND
M2 01 GREEN·BLACK DOT - LOCK (-) OUTPUT 02 BLUE·BLACK DOT - UNLOCK (-) OUTPUT 03 RED/WHITE·BLACK DOT 04 GREEN/WHITE·BLACK DOT 05 GREEN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 06 BLUE/WHITE·BLACK DOT - GWR (-) OUTPUT 07 EMPTY 08 WHITE/PURPLE·BLACK DOT 09 PURPLE/BLACK·BLACK DOT 10 WHITE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - HORN (-) OUTPUT 11 BROWN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 12 WHITE·BLACK DOT - PARKING LIGHT (-) OUTPUT
M3 01 BROWN·SILVER DOT - BRAKE (+) INPUT 02 BLACK/WHITE·SILVER DOT 03 PURPLE·SILVER DOT 04 GREEN·SILVER DOT 05 PURPLE/WHITE·SILVER DOT - TACH (AC) INPUT 06 WHITE/BLUE·SILVER DOT 07 GRAY·SILVER DOT - HOOD (-) INPUT 08 BLUE·SILVER DOT 09 GRAY/BLACK·SILVER DOT 10 EMPTY
M4 01 EMPTY 02 EMPTY 03 BROWN/RED 04 BROWN/YELLOW 05 BLUE/RED 06 BLUE/YELLOW 07 EMPTY 08 ORANGE 09 YELLOW 10 EMPTY 11 GRAY/RED - IMMO. RXCK (DATA) 12 GRAY/YELLOW 13 GREEN/RED - IMMO. CODE (DATA) 14 ORANGE/WHITE - IMMO. TXCT (DATA) 15 BROWN - IMMO. AMP (DATA) 16 ORANGE/BLACK 17 PINK 18 PURPLE 19 RED 20 BLACK
M5 01 GRAY/BLACK·BLUE DOT - CODE (DATA) CONNECTOR SIDE 02 WHITE/BLACK·BLUE DOT - RXCK (DATA) CONNECTOR SIDE 03 GRAY/RED·BLUE DOT - CODE (DATA) VEHICLE SIDE 04 WHITE/RED·BLUE DOT - RXCK (DATA) VEHICLE SIDE 05 GRAY·BLUE DOT 06 WHITE·BLUE DOT

T005_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

1 4321 8765
2 12345

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A)
2 1 3

TXCT (DATA) BLUE/YELLOW - 04 KEYSENSE (-) BLUE/BLACK - 02

3 12

UNLOCK/DISARM (-) RED/GREEN - 03 LOCK/ARM (-) BLUE/WHITE - 04
BRAKE (+) GREEN/WHITE - 02

DRIVER KICK PANEL (B) 1

8 765

432 1

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9

543

13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6

DASH FUSEBOX (C)

PARKING LIGHT (-) GREEN
TACH (AC) HORN (-)
HOOD SWITCH 1

HEADLAMP SWITCH (D) COIL OR INJECTOR (E)

INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF 1 THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE.
FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1998-2001 Toyota Camry STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
1998-2001 Toyota Camry STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
1998-2001 Toyota Camry STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1998-2001 Toyota Camry STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1998-2001 Toyota Camry STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
2002-2003 TOYOTA CAMRY 6 CYL STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

T002_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2002-2003 Toyota Camry 6 Cyl STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

T002_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

STARTER 2 (+) BLACK/YELLOW - 01 ACCESSORY (+) BLUE/RED - 03
IGNITION 2 (+) BLACK/YELLOW - 04 IGNITION 1 (+) BLACK/RED - 06 12V (+) WHITE/RED - 07
STARTER 1 (+) BLACK/WHITE - 08

1
4321 8765

AMP (DATA) BLACK/RED - 01

RXCK (DATA) RED/BLUE - 03

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A)
2 1 3

CODE (DATA) GREEN/WHITE - 04

1234567

87 86 87A 85
30

TXCT (DATA) BLUE/YELLOW - 05 KEYSENSE (-) BLUE - 02

3 12

PARKING LIGHT (-) RED - 14 LOCK/ARM (-) BLUE/YELLOW - 07
UNLOCK/DISARM (-) BLUE - 02

1: WHITE 17 PIN
1
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 12345678 2 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

HEADLAMP SWITCH (B) DRIVER KICK PANEL (C)

TRUNK RELEASE (REVERSE) WHITE/BLUE - 05
DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) RED/GREEN - 10 1 WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1
BRAKE (+) GREEN/WHITE - 15 TACH (AC) BLACK/ORANGE - 16

34567

8 9 10 11 12

1: WHITE 20 PIN 1: GRAY 22 PIN

DASH FUSEBOX (D) RIGHT OF STEERING COLUMN (E)

HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 2
INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE. 2 FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2002-2003 Toyota Camry 6 Cyl STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
2002-2003 Toyota Camry 6 Cyl STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
2002-2003 Toyota Camry 6 Cyl STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2002-2003 Toyota Camry 6 Cyl STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2002-2003 Toyota Camry 6 Cyl STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
2002-2004 TOYOTA CAMRY 4 CYL STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

T002_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2002-2004 Toyota Camry 4 Cyl STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

T002_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

STARTER 2 (+) BLACK/YELLOW - 01 ACCESSORY (+) BLUE/RED - 03
IGNITION 2 (+) BLACK/YELLOW - 04 IGNITION 1 (+) BLACK/RED - 06 12V (+) WHITE/RED - 07
STARTER 1 (+) BLACK/WHITE - 08

1
4321 8765

AMP (DATA) BLACK/RED - 01

RXCK (DATA) RED/BLUE - 03

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A)
2 1 3

CODE (DATA) GREEN/WHITE - 04

1234567

87 86 87A 85
30

TXCT (DATA) BLUE/YELLOW - 05 KEYSENSE (-) BLUE - 02

3 12

PARKING LIGHT (-) RED - 14 LOCK/ARM (-) BLUE/YELLOW - 07
UNLOCK/DISARM (-) BLUE - 02

1: WHITE 17 PIN
1
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 12345678 2 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

HEADLAMP SWITCH (B) DRIVER KICK PANEL (C)

TRUNK RELEASE (REVERSE) WHITE/BLUE - 05
DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) RED/GREEN - 10 1 WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1
BRAKE (+) GREEN/WHITE - 15 TACH (AC) BLACK/ORANGE - 16

34567

8 9 10 11 12

1: WHITE 20 PIN 1: GRAY 22 PIN

DASH FUSEBOX (D) RIGHT OF STEERING COLUMN (E)

HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 2
INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE. 2 FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2002-2004 Toyota Camry 4 Cyl STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
2002-2004 Toyota Camry 4 Cyl STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
2002-2004 Toyota Camry 4 Cyl STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2002-2004 Toyota Camry 4 Cyl STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2002-2004 Toyota Camry 4 Cyl STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
2003-2006 TOYOTA CAMRY STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

T029_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2003-2006 Toyota Camry STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

M1 01 ORANGE - ACCESSORY (+) 02 RED - 12 VOLT (+) 03 PURPLE - STARTER (+) 04 PINK/WHITE - IGNITION 2 (+) 05 PINK - IGNITION (+) 06 WHITE - STARTER 2 (+) 07 RED - 12V (+) 08 BLACK - GROUND
M2 01 GREEN·BLACK DOT - LOCK (-) OUTPUT 02 BLUE·BLACK DOT - UNLOCK (-) OUTPUT 03 RED/WHITE·BLACK DOT - TRUNK (-) OUTPUT 04 GREEN/WHITE·BLACK DOT 05 GREEN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 06 BLUE/WHITE·BLACK DOT - GWR (-) OUTPUT 07 EMPTY 08 WHITE/PURPLE·BLACK DOT 09 PURPLE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - AUTOLIGHT OFF (-) OUTPUT 10 WHITE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - HORN (-) OUTPUT 11 BROWN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 12 WHITE·BLACK DOT - PARKING LIGHT (-) OUTPUT
M3 01 BROWN·SILVER DOT - BRAKE (+) INPUT 02 BLACK/WHITE·SILVER DOT 03 PURPLE·SILVER DOT 04 GREEN·SILVER DOT 05 PURPLE/WHITE·SILVER DOT - TACH (AC) INPUT 06 WHITE/BLUE·SILVER DOT 07 GRAY·SILVER DOT - HOOD (-) INPUT 08 BLUE·SILVER DOT 09 GRAY/BLACK·SILVER DOT 10 EMPTY
M4 01 EMPTY 02 EMPTY 03 BROWN/RED 04 BROWN/YELLOW 05 BLUE/RED 06 BLUE/YELLOW 07 EMPTY 08 ORANGE 09 YELLOW 10 EMPTY 11 GRAY/RED - TXCT (DATA) 12 GRAY/YELLOW 13 GREEN/RED - CODE (DATA) 14 ORANGE/WHITE 15 BROWN 16 ORANGE/BLACK 17 PINK 18 PURPLE 19 RED 20 BLACK
M5 01 GRAY/BLACK·BLUE DOT 02 WHITE/BLACK·BLUE DOT 03 GRAY/RED·BLUE DOT 04 WHITE/RED·BLUE DOT 05 GRAY·BLUE DOT 06 WHITE·BLUE DOT

T029_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803

STARTER 2 (+) BLACK/YELLOW - 01 ACCESSORY (+) BLUE/RED - 03
IGNITION 2 (+) BLACK/YELLOW - 04 IGNITION 1 (+) BLACK/RED - 06 12V (+) WHITE/RED - 07
STARTER 1 (+) BLACK/WHITE - 08
CODE (DATA) GREEN/WHITE - 04 TXCT (DATA) BLUE/YELLOW - 05
KEYSENSE (-) BLUE - 02

1 4321 8765
2 7654321
3 12

IGNITION SWITCH (A)
2 1 3

87 86 87A 85
30

PARKING LIGHT (-) RED - 14 LOCK/ARM (-) BLUE/YELLOW - 07
UNLOCK/DISARM (-) BLUE - 02

1: WHITE 17 PIN
1
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 12345678 2 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

TRUNK RELEASE (REVERSE) WHITE/BLUE - 05 DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) RED/GREEN - 10 1

34567

8 9 10 11 12

PARKING LIGHT SWITCH (B) DRIVER KICK PANEL (C)

BRAKE (+) GREEN/WHITE - 15 TACH (AC) BLACK/ORANGE OR WHITE - 16

1: WHITE 20 PIN 1: GRAY 22 PIN

DASH FUSEBOX (D) RIGHT OF STEERING COLUMN (E)

HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 2
WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1 INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF 2 THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE.
FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2003-2006 Toyota Camry STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
2003-2006 Toyota Camry STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
2003-2006 Toyota Camry STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2003-2006 Toyota Camry STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2003-2006 Toyota Camry STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
2005-2008 TOYOTA COROLLA STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

T030_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2005-2008 Toyota Corolla STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

M1 01 ORANGE - ACCESSORY (+) 02 RED - 12 VOLT (+) 03 PURPLE - STARTER (+) 04 PINK/WHITE - IGNITION 2 (+) 05 PINK - IGNITION (+) 06 WHITE - PARKING LIGHT (+) OUTPUT 07 RED - 12V (+) 08 BLACK - GROUND
M2 01 GREEN·BLACK DOT - LOCK (-) OUTPUT 02 BLUE·BLACK DOT - UNLOCK (-) OUTPUT 03 RED/WHITE·BLACK DOT 04 GREEN/WHITE·BLACK DOT 05 GREEN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 06 BLUE/WHITE·BLACK DOT - GWR (-) OUTPUT 07 EMPTY 08 WHITE/PURPLE·BLACK DOT 09 PURPLE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - AUTOLIGHT OFF (-) OUTPUT 10 WHITE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - HORN (-) OUTPUT 11 BROWN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 12 WHITE·BLACK DOT - PARKING LIGHT (-) OUTPUT
M3 01 BROWN·SILVER DOT - BRAKE (+) INPUT 02 BLACK/WHITE·SILVER DOT 03 PURPLE·SILVER DOT 04 GREEN·SILVER DOT 05 PURPLE/WHITE·SILVER DOT - TACH (AC) INPUT 06 WHITE/BLUE·SILVER DOT 07 GRAY·SILVER DOT - HOOD (-) INPUT 08 BLUE·SILVER DOT 09 GRAY/BLACK·SILVER DOT 10 EMPTY
M4 01 EMPTY 02 EMPTY 03 BROWN/RED 04 BROWN/YELLOW 05 BLUE/RED 06 BLUE/YELLOW 07 EMPTY 08 ORANGE 09 YELLOW 10 EMPTY 11 GRAY/RED - TXCT (DATA) 12 GRAY/YELLOW 13 GREEN/RED - CODE (DATA) 14 ORANGE/WHITE 15 BROWN 16 ORANGE/BLACK 17 PINK 18 PURPLE 19 RED 20 BLACK
M5 01 GRAY/BLACK·BLUE DOT 02 WHITE/BLACK·BLUE DOT 03 GRAY/RED·BLUE DOT 04 WHITE/RED·BLUE DOT 05 GRAY·BLUE DOT 06 WHITE·BLUE DOT

T030_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

12V (+) WHITE - 01 IGNITION 2 (+) BLACK/YELLOW - 02
ACCESSORY (+) BLUE/RED - 03 STARTER 1 (+) RED - 04 12V 2 (+) BLACK - 05
IGNITION 1 (+) BLACK/WHITE - 06
CODE (DATA) BLUE - 04 TXCT (DATA) GREEN - 05
KEYSENSE (-) BLUE/BLACK - 02

1
2 7654321
3 12

LOCK/ARM (-) GREEN - 06 UNLOCK/DISARM (-) BLUE/YELLOW - 07

54321 10 9 8 7 6

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A) 2 1 3
DRIVER KICK PANEL (B)

DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) RED/WHITE 1 WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1

2: HARNESS IN RUNNING BOARD

PARKING LIGHT (+) GREEN

PARKING LIGHT (-) GREEN/WHITE - 13 2 USA MODEL ONLY 2

13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5

PARKING LIGHT SWITCH (C)

BRAKE (+) GREEN/WHITE - 01 TACH (AC) BLACK - 05

N/A
1
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1234567

BRAKE SWITCH (D) ECM, BEHIND GLOVE BOX (E)

HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 3

INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF 3 THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE.
FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2005-2008 Toyota Corolla STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
2005-2008 Toyota Corolla STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
2005-2008 Toyota Corolla STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2005-2008 Toyota Corolla STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2005-2008 Toyota Corolla STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
2007-2009 TOYOTA FJ CRUISER STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1
A C
D B

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

T031_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2007-2009 Toyota FJ Cruiser STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

M1 01 ORANGE - ACCESSORY (+) 02 RED - 12 VOLT (+) 03 PURPLE - STARTER (+) 04 PINK/WHITE - IGNITION 2 (+) 05 PINK - IGNITION (+) 06 WHITE - STARTER 2 07 RED - 12V (+) 08 BLACK - GROUND
M2 01 GREEN·BLACK DOT - LOCK (-) OUTPUT 02 BLUE·BLACK DOT - UNLOCK (-) OUTPUT 03 RED/WHITE·BLACK DOT 04 GREEN/WHITE·BLACK DOT 05 GREEN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 06 BLUE/WHITE·BLACK DOT - GWR (-) OUTPUT 07 EMPTY 08 WHITE/PURPLE·BLACK DOT 09 PURPLE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - AUTOLIGHT OFF (-) OUTPUT 10 WHITE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - HORN (-) OUTPUT 11 BROWN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 12 WHITE·BLACK DOT - PARKING LIGHT (-) OUTPUT
M3 01 BROWN·SILVER DOT - BRAKE (+) INPUT 02 BLACK/WHITE·SILVER DOT 03 PURPLE·SILVER DOT 04 GREEN·SILVER DOT 05 PURPLE/WHITE·SILVER DOT - TACH (AC) INPUT 06 WHITE/BLUE·SILVER DOT 07 GRAY·SILVER DOT - HOOD (-) INPUT 08 BLUE·SILVER DOT 09 GRAY/BLACK·SILVER DOT 10 EMPTY
M4 01 EMPTY 02 EMPTY 03 BROWN/RED 04 BROWN/YELLOW 05 BLUE/RED 06 BLUE/YELLOW 07 EMPTY 08 ORANGE 09 YELLOW 10 EMPTY 11 GRAY/RED - TXCT (DATA) 12 GRAY/YELLOW 13 GREEN/RED - CODE (DATA) 14 ORANGE/WHITE 15 BROWN 16 ORANGE/BLACK 17 PINK 18 PURPLE 19 RED 20 BLACK
M5 01 GRAY/BLACK·BLUE DOT 02 WHITE/BLACK·BLUE DOT 03 GRAY/RED·BLUE DOT 04 WHITE/RED·BLUE DOT 05 GRAY·BLUE DOT 06 WHITE·BLUE DOT

T031_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

STARTER 2 (+) BLACK/WHITE - 01 12V 2 (+) WHITE/BLUE - 02
ACCESSORY (+) WHITE/GREEN - 03 IGNITION 2 (+) BLUE/YELLOW - 04 IGNITION 1 (+) BLACK/RED - 06 12V (+) BLUE/BLACK - 07 STARTER 1 (+) GREEN/BLACK - 08

1
4321 8765

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A)
2 1

CODE (DATA) PINK/GREEN - 04 TXCT (DATA) LTGREEN/RED - 05

2 7654321

LOCK/ARM (-) BLUE - 06 UNLOCK/DISARM (-) PINK - 08

1 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 987654321

DRIVER KICK PANEL (B)

DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) RED/BLACK - 23 1 WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1

2: WHITE 24 PIN 1

BODY ECU, DASH FUSEBOX (C)

PARKING LIGHT (-) GREEN - 08 KEYSENSE (-) GREEN/YELLOW - 14
BRAKE (+) GREEN/WHITE - 01
TACH (AC) BLACK/WHITE - 09

654321 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17
2: WHITE 16 PIN
1

OBDII (D)

HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 2
INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF 2 THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE. FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2007-2009 Toyota FJ Cruiser STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
2007-2009 Toyota FJ Cruiser STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
2007-2009 Toyota FJ Cruiser STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2007-2009 Toyota FJ Cruiser STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2007-2009 Toyota FJ Cruiser STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
2006-2009 TOYOTA HIACE STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1
A B
C

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

T032_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2006-2009 Toyota Hiace STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

M1 01 ORANGE - ACCESSORY (+) 02 RED - 12 VOLT (+) 03 PURPLE - STARTER (+) 04 PINK/WHITE - IGNITION 2 (+) 05 PINK - IGNITION (+) 06 WHITE - STARTER 2 07 RED - 12V (+) 08 BLACK - GROUND
M2 01 GREEN·BLACK DOT - LOCK (-) OUTPUT 02 BLUE·BLACK DOT - UNLOCK (-) OUTPUT 03 RED/WHITE·BLACK DOT 04 GREEN/WHITE·BLACK DOT 05 GREEN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 06 BLUE/WHITE·BLACK DOT - GWR (-) OUTPUT 07 EMPTY 08 WHITE/PURPLE·BLACK DOT 09 PURPLE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - AUTOLIGHT OFF (-) OUTPUT 10 WHITE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - HORN (-) OUTPUT 11 BROWN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 12 WHITE·BLACK DOT - PARKING LIGHT (-) OUTPUT
M3 01 BROWN·SILVER DOT - BRAKE (+) INPUT 02 BLACK/WHITE·SILVER DOT 03 PURPLE·SILVER DOT 04 GREEN·SILVER DOT 05 PURPLE/WHITE·SILVER DOT - TACH (AC) INPUT 06 WHITE/BLUE·SILVER DOT 07 GRAY·SILVER DOT - HOOD (-) INPUT 08 BLUE·SILVER DOT 09 GRAY/BLACK·SILVER DOT 10 EMPTY
M4 01 EMPTY 02 EMPTY 03 BROWN/RED 04 BROWN/YELLOW 05 BLUE/RED 06 BLUE/YELLOW 07 EMPTY 08 ORANGE 09 YELLOW 10 EMPTY 11 GRAY/RED - TXCT (DATA) 12 GRAY/YELLOW 13 GREEN/RED - CODE (DATA) 14 ORANGE/WHITE 15 BROWN 16 ORANGE/BLACK 17 PINK 18 PURPLE 19 RED 20 BLACK
M5 01 GRAY/BLACK·BLUE DOT 02 WHITE/BLACK·BLUE DOT 03 GRAY/RED·BLUE DOT 04 WHITE/RED·BLUE DOT 05 GRAY·BLUE DOT 06 WHITE·BLUE DOT

T032_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

STARTER 2 (+) RED/WHITE - 01 12V 2 (+) WHITE/BLUE - 02
ACCESSORY (+) RED/BLACK - 03 IGNITION 2 (+) BLACK/YELLOW - 04
IGNITION 1 (+) BLACK/RED - 06 12V (+) WHITE/RED - 07 STARTER 1 (+) RED- 08

1
4321 8765

CODE (DATA) BLUE - 04 TXCT (DATA) YELLOW - 05

7654321

LOCK/ARM (-) BLUE/WHITE - 21 UNLOCK/DISARM (-) BLUE/YELLOW - 22

B: WHITE 36 PIN

KEYSENSE (-) YELLOW - 14
DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) RED/GREEN - 27 1 WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1

H: WHITE 18 PIN E: WHITE 32 PIN

PARKING LIGHT (-) RED/GREEN - 09 BRAKE (+) RED/WHITE - 01

S: WHITE 18 PIN D: WHITE 4 PIN

TACH (AC) BLACK/YELLOW - 09

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A) 2 1
DASH FUSEBOX (B)
OBDII (C)

HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 2
INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF 2 THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE. FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2006-2009 Toyota Hiace STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
2006-2009 Toyota Hiace STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
2006-2009 Toyota Hiace STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2006-2009 Toyota Hiace STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2006-2009 Toyota Hiace STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
2006-2007 TOYOTA HIGHLANDER HYBRID STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

A B
C D

T049_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2006-2007 Toyota Highlander Hybrid STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

M1 01 ORANGE - ACCESSORY (+) 02 RED - 12 VOLT (+) 03 PURPLE - STARTER (+) 04 PINK/WHITE - IGNITION 2 (+) 05 PINK - IGNITION (+) 06 WHITE 07 RED - 12V (+) 08 BLACK - GROUND
M2 01 GREEN·BLACK DOT - LOCK (-) OUTPUT 02 BLUE·BLACK DOT - UNLOCK (-) OUTPUT 03 RED/WHITE·BLACK DOT 04 GREEN/WHITE·BLACK DOT 05 GREEN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 06 BLUE/WHITE·BLACK DOT - GWR (-) OUTPUT 07 EMPTY 08 WHITE/PURPLE·BLACK DOT 09 PURPLE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - AUTOLIGHT OFF (-) OUTPUT 10 WHITE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - HORN (-) OUTPUT 11 BROWN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 12 WHITE·BLACK DOT - PARKING LIGHT (-) OUTPUT
M3 01 BROWN·SILVER DOT - BRAKE (+) INPUT 02 BLACK/WHITE·SILVER DOT 03 PURPLE·SILVER DOT 04 GREEN·SILVER DOT 05 PURPLE/WHITE·SILVER DOT 06 WHITE/BLUE·SILVER DOT 07 GRAY·SILVER DOT - HOOD (-) INPUT 08 BLUE·SILVER DOT 09 GRAY/BLACK·SILVER DOT 10 EMPTY
M4 01 EMPTY 02 EMPTY 03 BROWN/RED 04 BROWN/YELLOW 05 BLUE/RED 06 BLUE/YELLOW 07 EMPTY 08 ORANGE 09 YELLOW 10 EMPTY 11 GRAY/RED - TXCT (DATA) 12 GRAY/YELLOW 13 GREEN/RED - CODE (DATA) 14 ORANGE/WHITE 15 BROWN 16 ORANGE/BLACK 17 PINK 18 PURPLE 19 RED 20 BLACK
M5 01 GRAY/BLACK·BLUE DOT 02 WHITE/BLACK·BLUE DOT 03 GRAY/RED·BLUE DOT 04 WHITE/RED·BLUE DOT 05 GRAY·BLUE DOT 06 WHITE·BLUE DOT

T049_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1
12V (+) WHITE - 02 ACCESSORY (+) BLUE - 03 IGNITION 2 (+) GREEN - 04
IGNITION 1 (+) GRAY - 06 STARTER 1 (+) BLACK - 08
CODE (DATA) GRAY - 04 TXCT (DATA) LTBLUE - 05
KEYSENSE (-) GREEN - 02

87 86 87A 85
30

PARKING LIGHT (-) LTBLUE - 04 LOCK (-) GRAY - 01
LOCK DETECTION (-) BROWN - 02 UNLOCK (-) PURPLE - 08 BRAKE (+) GREEN - 08

4321 8765

7654321 3
21 43

76543

1
7654321 14 13 12 11 10 9 8

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A) 2 1 3
DASH FUSEBOX (B)
PASSENGER KCIK PANEL (C)

76543

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10

DRIVER KICK PANEL (D)

DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) BLACK - 09 1 WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1

2: WHITE 20 PIN

HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 2

INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF 2 THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE.
FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2006-2007 Toyota Highlander Hybrid STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
2006-2007 Toyota Highlander Hybrid STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
2006-2007 Toyota Highlander Hybrid STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2006-2007 Toyota Highlander Hybrid STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2006-2007 Toyota Highlander Hybrid STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
2001-2003 TOYOTA HIGHLANDER STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

B D

T006_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2001-2003 Toyota Highlander STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

M1 01 ORANGE - ACCESSORY (+) 02 RED - 12 VOLT (+) 03 PURPLE - STARTER (+) 04 PINK/WHITE - IGNITION 2 (+) 05 PINK - IGNITION (+) 06 WHITE 07 RED - 12V (+) 08 BLACK - GROUND
M2 01 GREEN·BLACK DOT - LOCK (-) OUTPUT 02 BLUE·BLACK DOT - UNLOCK (-) OUTPUT 03 RED/WHITE·BLACK DOT 04 GREEN/WHITE·BLACK DOT 05 GREEN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 06 BLUE/WHITE·BLACK DOT - GWR (-) OUTPUT 07 EMPTY 08 WHITE/PURPLE·BLACK DOT 09 PURPLE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - AUTOLIGHT OFF (-) OUTPUT 10 WHITE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - HORN (-) OUTPUT 11 BROWN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 12 WHITE·BLACK DOT - PARKING LIGHT (-) OUTPUT
M3 01 BROWN·SILVER DOT - BRAKE (+) INPUT 02 BLACK/WHITE·SILVER DOT 03 PURPLE·SILVER DOT 04 GREEN·SILVER DOT 05 PURPLE/WHITE·SILVER DOT - TACH (AC) INPUT 06 WHITE/BLUE·SILVER DOT 07 GRAY·SILVER DOT - HOOD (-) INPUT 08 BLUE·SILVER DOT 09 GRAY/BLACK·SILVER DOT 10 EMPTY
M4 01 EMPTY 02 EMPTY 03 BROWN/RED 04 BROWN/YELLOW 05 BLUE/RED 06 BLUE/YELLOW 07 EMPTY 08 ORANGE 09 YELLOW 10 EMPTY 11 GRAY/RED - IMMO. RXCK (DATA) 12 GRAY/YELLOW 13 GREEN/RED - IMMO. CODE (DATA) 14 ORANGE/WHITE - IMMO. TXCT (DATA) 15 BROWN - IMMO. AMP (DATA) 16 ORANGE/BLACK 17 PINK 18 PURPLE 19 RED 20 BLACK
M5 01 GRAY/BLACK·BLUE DOT - CODE (DATA) CONNECTOR SIDE 02 WHITE/BLACK·BLUE DOT - RXCK (DATA) CONNECTOR SIDE 03 GRAY/RED·BLUE DOT - CODE (DATA) VEHICLE SIDE 04 WHITE/RED·BLUE DOT - RXCK (DATA) VEHICLE SIDE 05 GRAY·BLUE DOT 06 WHITE·BLUE DOT

T006_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

87 86 87A 85
30

12V 2 (+) WHITE - 01 IGNITION 2 (+) BLACK/YELLOW - 02
ACCESSORY (+) PINK - 03 STARTER 1 (+) BLACK/WHITE - 04
12V (+) BLUE/YELLOW - 05
IGNITION 1 (+) BLACK - 06

1
123 456

AMP (DATA) WHITE - 01 RXCK (DATA) PINK - 03
CODE (DATA) GRAY/BLUE - 04

2 1234567

TXCT (DATA) GRAY - 05 KEYSENSE (-) BLUE - 02

3: WHITE 4 PIN

LOCK DETECTION (-) GRAY - 02 UNLOCK (-) LTGREEN - 08 LOCK (-) BLUE/WHITE - 01

1: WHITE 14 PIN

PARKING LIGHT (-) PINK - 14

N/A

DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) RED/BLUE 1 BRAKE (+) GREEN/WHITE - 06

RUNNING BOARD 1: WHITE 12 PIN

TACH (AC) WHITE/GREEN - 21

1: WHITE 22 PIN

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A) 2 1 3
PASSENGER KICK PANEL (B)
HEADLAMP SWITCH (C) DRIVER KICK PANEL (D) BEHIND GLOVE BOX (E)

HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 2

WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1 INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF 2 THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE.
FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2001-2003 Toyota Highlander STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
2001-2003 Toyota Highlander STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
2001-2003 Toyota Highlander STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2001-2003 Toyota Highlander STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2001-2003 Toyota Highlander STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
2004-2007 TOYOTA HIGHLANDER STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

A B
E C
D

T033_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2004-2007 Toyota Highlander STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

M1 01 ORANGE - ACCESSORY (+) 02 RED - 12 VOLT (+) 03 PURPLE - STARTER (+) 04 PINK/WHITE - IGNITION 2 (+) 05 PINK - IGNITION (+) 06 WHITE - STARTER 2 (+) 07 RED - 12V (+) 08 BLACK - GROUND
M2 01 GREEN·BLACK DOT - LOCK (-) OUTPUT 02 BLUE·BLACK DOT - UNLOCK (-) OUTPUT 03 RED/WHITE·BLACK DOT 04 GREEN/WHITE·BLACK DOT 05 GREEN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 06 BLUE/WHITE·BLACK DOT - GWR (-) OUTPUT 07 EMPTY 08 WHITE/PURPLE·BLACK DOT 09 PURPLE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - AUTOLIGHT OFF (-) OUTPUT 10 WHITE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - HORN (-) OUTPUT 11 BROWN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 12 WHITE·BLACK DOT - PARKING LIGHT (-) OUTPUT
M3 01 BROWN·SILVER DOT - BRAKE (+) INPUT 02 BLACK/WHITE·SILVER DOT 03 PURPLE·SILVER DOT 04 GREEN·SILVER DOT 05 PURPLE/WHITE·SILVER DOT - TACH (AC) INPUT 06 WHITE/BLUE·SILVER DOT 07 GRAY·SILVER DOT - HOOD (-) INPUT 08 BLUE·SILVER DOT 09 GRAY/BLACK·SILVER DOT 10 EMPTY
M4 01 EMPTY 02 EMPTY 03 BROWN/RED 04 BROWN/YELLOW 05 BLUE/RED 06 BLUE/YELLOW 07 EMPTY 08 ORANGE 09 YELLOW 10 EMPTY 11 GRAY/RED - TXCT (DATA) 12 GRAY/YELLOW 13 GREEN/RED - CODE (DATA) 14 ORANGE/WHITE 15 BROWN 16 ORANGE/BLACK 17 PINK 18 PURPLE 19 RED 20 BLACK
M5 01 GRAY/BLACK·BLUE DOT 02 WHITE/BLACK·BLUE DOT 03 GRAY/RED·BLUE DOT 04 WHITE/RED·BLUE DOT 05 GRAY·BLUE DOT 06 WHITE·BLUE DOT

T033_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

STARTER 2 (+) BLACK - 01 12V 2 (+) WHITE - 02
ACCESSORY (+) BLUE - 03 IGNITION 2 (+) GREEN - 04
IGNITION 1 (+) GRAY - 06 12V (+) YELLOW - 07
STARTER 1 (+) BLACK/WHITE - 08
CODE (DATA) GRAY - 04 TXCT (DATA) WHITE - 05
KEYSENSE (-) GREEN - 02

1
4321 8765
2 7654321
3 21 43

PARKING LIGHT (-) LTBLUE - 04

12345

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A) 2 1 3
DASH FUSEBOX (B)

87 86 87A 85
30

LOCK (-) GRAY - 01

1
7654321 14 13 12 11 10 9 8

LOCK DETECTION (-) BROWN - 02

UNLOCK (-) PURPLE - 08

BRAKE (+) GREEN - 06

654

321

14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7

DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) BLACK - 09 1

2: WHITE 20 PIN

TACH (AC) BLACK - 09

HORN (-)

HOOD SWITCH 2

PASSENGER KICK PANEL (C)
DRIVER KICK PANEL (D) OBDII (E)

WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1 INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF 2 THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE.
FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2004-2007 Toyota Highlander STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
2004-2007 Toyota Highlander STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
2004-2007 Toyota Highlander STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2004-2007 Toyota Highlander STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2004-2007 Toyota Highlander STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
2004-2009 TOYOTA HILUX STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

A C

T034_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2004-2009 Toyota Hilux STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

M1 01 ORANGE - ACCESSORY (+) 02 RED - 12 VOLT (+) 03 PURPLE - STARTER (+) 04 PINK/WHITE - IGNITION 2 (+) 05 PINK - IGNITION (+) 06 WHITE - PARKING LIGHT (+) 07 RED - 12V (+) 08 BLACK - GROUND
M2 01 GREEN·BLACK DOT - LOCK (-) OUTPUT 02 BLUE·BLACK DOT - UNLOCK (-) OUTPUT 03 RED/WHITE·BLACK DOT 04 GREEN/WHITE·BLACK DOT 05 GREEN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 06 BLUE/WHITE·BLACK DOT - GWR (-) OUTPUT 07 EMPTY 08 WHITE/PURPLE·BLACK DOT 09 PURPLE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - AUTOLIGHT OFF (-) OUTPUT 10 WHITE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - HORN (-) OUTPUT 11 BROWN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 12 WHITE·BLACK DOT
M3 01 BROWN·SILVER DOT - BRAKE (+) INPUT 02 BLACK/WHITE·SILVER DOT 03 PURPLE·SILVER DOT 04 GREEN·SILVER DOT 05 PURPLE/WHITE·SILVER DOT - TACH (AC) INPUT 06 WHITE/BLUE·SILVER DOT 07 GRAY·SILVER DOT - HOOD (-) INPUT 08 BLUE·SILVER DOT 09 GRAY/BLACK·SILVER DOT 10 EMPTY
M4 01 EMPTY 02 EMPTY 03 BROWN/RED 04 BROWN/YELLOW 05 BLUE/RED 06 BLUE/YELLOW 07 EMPTY 08 ORANGE 09 YELLOW 10 EMPTY 11 GRAY/RED - TXCT (DATA) 12 GRAY/YELLOW 13 GREEN/RED - CODE (DATA) 14 ORANGE/WHITE 15 BROWN 16 ORANGE/BLACK 17 PINK 18 PURPLE 19 RED 20 BLACK
M5 01 GRAY/BLACK·BLUE DOT 02 WHITE/BLACK·BLUE DOT 03 GRAY/RED·BLUE DOT 04 WHITE/RED·BLUE DOT 05 GRAY·BLUE DOT 06 WHITE·BLUE DOT

T034_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

1 IGNITION 2 (+) BLACK/YELLOW - 01

ACCESSORY (+) BLUE/RED - 02

10A

12V 2 (+)BLACK/RED - 04

4321

8765

12V (+) WHITE/RED - 05

IGNITION 1 (+) BLACK - 06

STARTER 1 (+) BLACK/WHITE - 08

CODE (DATA) LTBLUE/YELLOW - 04 TXCT (DATA) LTBLUE/BLACK - 05
KEYSENSE (-) GREEN/YELLOW - 01

7654321 3
12

UNLOCK (-) BLUE/WHITE - 12 LOCK (-) BLUE - 16

1: BLUE 22 PIN

BRAKE (+) GREEN/WHITE - 05 PARKING LIGHT (+) GREEN - 07
TACH (AC) BLACK/WHITE - 09

S: BLACK 14 PIN 1

DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) RED/BLACK 1 OR RED/BLUE - 03 OR 04
WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1

1: WHITE 20 PIN

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A) 2 1 3
DRIVER KICK PANEL (B) DASH FUSEBOX (C) OBDII (D)
PASSENGER KICK PANEL (E)

HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 2
INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF 2 THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE. FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2004-2009 Toyota Hilux STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
2004-2009 Toyota Hilux STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
2004-2009 Toyota Hilux STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2004-2009 Toyota Hilux STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2004-2009 Toyota Hilux STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
1998-2002 TOYOTA LAND CRUISER STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

A E
C
B D

T007_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1998-2002 Toyota Land Cruiser STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

M1 01 ORANGE - ACCESSORY (+) 02 RED - 12 VOLT (+) 03 PURPLE - STARTER (+) 04 PINK/WHITE - IGNITION 2 (+) 05 PINK - IGNITION (+) 06 WHITE 07 RED - 12V (+) 08 BLACK - GROUND
M2 01 GREEN·BLACK DOT - LOCK (-) OUTPUT 02 BLUE·BLACK DOT - UNLOCK (-) OUTPUT 03 RED/WHITE·BLACK DOT 04 GREEN/WHITE·BLACK DOT 05 GREEN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 06 BLUE/WHITE·BLACK DOT - GWR (-) OUTPUT 07 EMPTY 08 WHITE/PURPLE·BLACK DOT 09 PURPLE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - AUTOLIGHT OFF (-) OUTPUT 10 WHITE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - HORN (-) OUTPUT 11 BROWN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 12 WHITE·BLACK DOT - PARKING LIGHT (-) OUTPUT
M3 01 BROWN·SILVER DOT - BRAKE (+) INPUT 02 BLACK/WHITE·SILVER DOT 03 PURPLE·SILVER DOT 04 GREEN·SILVER DOT 05 PURPLE/WHITE·SILVER DOT - TACH (AC) INPUT 06 WHITE/BLUE·SILVER DOT 07 GRAY·SILVER DOT - HOOD (-) INPUT 08 BLUE·SILVER DOT 09 GRAY/BLACK·SILVER DOT 10 EMPTY
M4 01 EMPTY 02 EMPTY 03 BROWN/RED 04 BROWN/YELLOW 05 BLUE/RED 06 BLUE/YELLOW 07 EMPTY 08 ORANGE 09 YELLOW 10 EMPTY 11 GRAY/RED - IMMO. RXCK (DATA) 12 GRAY/YELLOW 13 GREEN/RED - IMMO. CODE (DATA) 14 ORANGE/WHITE - IMMO. TXCT (DATA) 15 BROWN - IMMO. AMP (DATA) 16 ORANGE/BLACK 17 PINK 18 PURPLE 19 RED 20 BLACK
M5 01 GRAY/BLACK·BLUE DOT - CODE (DATA) CONNECTOR SIDE 02 WHITE/BLACK·BLUE DOT - RXCK (DATA) CONNECTOR SIDE 03 GRAY/RED·BLUE DOT - CODE (DATA) VEHICLE SIDE 04 WHITE/RED·BLUE DOT - RXCK (DATA) VEHICLE SIDE 05 GRAY·BLUE DOT 06 WHITE·BLUE DOT

T007_W
U.S. Patent No. 8,856,780 Automotive Data Solutions Inc. © 2018

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

1 4321 8765
2 123456

TXCT (DATA) RED/YELLOW - 04

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A)
2 1 3

KEYSENSE (-) RED/BLACK - 01

3: N/A

LOCK/ARM (-) BLUE/WHITE UNLOCK/DISARM (-) GREEN/BLACK PARKING LIGHT (-) BROWN/BLACK OR GREEN/WHITE
BRAKE (+) GREEN/WHITE - 06
DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) RED/YELLOW 1
TACH (AC) BLACK - 21

1: 20 PIN

PASSENGER KICK PANEL (B)

1: 20 PIN, CENTER TOP OF FUSEBOX 2: BLACK, BOTTOM OF FUSEBOX

DASH FUSEBOX (C) DRIVER KICK PANEL (D)

1: 28 PIN

ECM, BEHIND GLOVE BOX (E)

HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 1

INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF 1 THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE.
FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1998-2002 Toyota Land Cruiser STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
1998-2002 Toyota Land Cruiser STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
1998-2002 Toyota Land Cruiser STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1998-2002 Toyota Land Cruiser STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1998-2002 Toyota Land Cruiser STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
2003-2007 TOYOTA LAND CRUISER STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1
A B
C D

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2003-2007 Toyota Land Cruiser STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

M1 01 ORANGE - ACCESSORY (+) 02 RED - 12 VOLT (+) 03 PURPLE - STARTER (+) 04 PINK/WHITE - IGNITION 2 (+) 05 PINK - IGNITION (+) 06 WHITE 07 RED - 12V (+) 08 BLACK - GROUND
M2 01 GREEN·BLACK DOT - LOCK (-) OUTPUT 02 BLUE·BLACK DOT - UNLOCK (-) OUTPUT 03 RED/WHITE·BLACK DOT 04 GREEN/WHITE·BLACK DOT 05 GREEN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 06 BLUE/WHITE·BLACK DOT - GWR (-) OUTPUT 07 EMPTY 08 WHITE/PURPLE·BLACK DOT 09 PURPLE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - AUTOLIGHT OFF (-) OUTPUT 10 WHITE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - HORN (-) OUTPUT 11 BROWN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 12 WHITE·BLACK DOT - PARKING LIGHT (-) OUTPUT
M3 01 BROWN·SILVER DOT - BRAKE (+) INPUT 02 BLACK/WHITE·SILVER DOT 03 PURPLE·SILVER DOT 04 GREEN·SILVER DOT 05 PURPLE/WHITE·SILVER DOT - TACH (AC) INPUT 06 WHITE/BLUE·SILVER DOT 07 GRAY·SILVER DOT - HOOD (-) INPUT 08 BLUE·SILVER DOT 09 GRAY/BLACK·SILVER DOT 10 EMPTY
M4 01 EMPTY 02 EMPTY 03 BROWN/RED 04 BROWN/YELLOW 05 BLUE/RED 06 BLUE/YELLOW 07 EMPTY 08 ORANGE 09 YELLOW 10 EMPTY 11 GRAY/RED - TXCT (DATA) 12 GRAY/YELLOW 13 GREEN/RED - CODE (DATA) 14 ORANGE/WHITE 15 BROWN 16 ORANGE/BLACK 17 PINK 18 PURPLE 19 RED 20 BLACK
M5 01 GRAY/BLACK·BLUE DOT 02 WHITE/BLACK·BLUE DOT 03 GRAY/RED·BLUE DOT 04 WHITE/RED·BLUE DOT 05 GRAY·BLUE DOT 06 WHITE·BLUE DOT

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

7.5A

1 12V 2 (+) BLACK/RED - 02

ACCESSORY (+) BLACK - 03

IGNITION 2 (+) BLUE/BLACK - 04

4321

IGNITION 1 (+) BLACK/RED - 06

8765

15A

12V (+) WHITE/RED - 07

STARTER 1 (+) BLACK/WHITE - 08

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A)
2 1 3

CODE (DATA) BLUE/BLACK - 04 TXCT (DATA) PURPLE/GREEN - 05
KEYSENSE (-) RED/BLACK - 02
LOCK/ARM (-) BLUE/WHITE UNLOCK/DISARM (-) GREEN/BLACK DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) RED/YELLOW - 23 1
WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1

7654321
3 BODY ECU, DASH FUSEBOX (B)
1: BLACK 42 PIN, BOTTOM OF FUSEBOX
2: 24 PIN

PARKING LIGHT (-) GREEN/BLACK - 08 BRAKE (+) GREEN/WHITE - 01 TACH (AC) BLACK - 09

3: WHITE 26 PIN 1

BRAKE SWITCH (C) OBDII (D)

HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 2
INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF 2 THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE. FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2003-2007 Toyota Land Cruiser STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
2003-2007 Toyota Land Cruiser STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
2003-2007 Toyota Land Cruiser STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2003-2007 Toyota Land Cruiser STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2003-2007 Toyota Land Cruiser STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
2000-2005 TOYOTA MR2 SPYDER STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1
A D
C B

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2000-2005 Toyota MR2 Spyder STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

M1 01 ORANGE - ACCESSORY (+) 02 RED - 12 VOLT (+) 03 PURPLE - STARTER (+) 04 PINK/WHITE - IGNITION 2 (+) 05 PINK - IGNITION (+) 06 WHITE 07 RED - 12V (+) 08 BLACK - GROUND
M2 01 GREEN·BLACK DOT - LOCK (-) OUTPUT 02 BLUE·BLACK DOT - UNLOCK (-) OUTPUT 03 RED/WHITE·BLACK DOT 04 GREEN/WHITE·BLACK DOT 05 GREEN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 06 BLUE/WHITE·BLACK DOT - GWR (-) OUTPUT 07 EMPTY 08 WHITE/PURPLE·BLACK DOT 09 PURPLE/BLACK·BLACK DOT 10 WHITE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - HORN (-) OUTPUT 11 BROWN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 12 WHITE·BLACK DOT - PARKING LIGHT (-) OUTPUT
M3 01 BROWN·SILVER DOT - BRAKE (+) INPUT 02 BLACK/WHITE·SILVER DOT 03 PURPLE·SILVER DOT 04 GREEN·SILVER DOT 05 PURPLE/WHITE·SILVER DOT - TACH (AC) INPUT 06 WHITE/BLUE·SILVER DOT 07 GRAY·SILVER DOT - HOOD (-) INPUT 08 BLUE·SILVER DOT 09 GRAY/BLACK·SILVER DOT 10 EMPTY
M4 01 EMPTY 02 EMPTY 03 BROWN/RED 04 BROWN/YELLOW 05 BLUE/RED 06 BLUE/YELLOW 07 EMPTY 08 ORANGE 09 YELLOW 10 EMPTY 11 GRAY/RED - IMMO. RXCK (DATA) 12 GRAY/YELLOW 13 GREEN/RED - IMMO. CODE (DATA) 14 ORANGE/WHITE - IMMO. TXCT (DATA) 15 BROWN - IMMO. AMP (DATA) 16 ORANGE/BLACK 17 PINK 18 PURPLE 19 RED 20 BLACK
M5 01 GRAY/BLACK·BLUE DOT - CODE (DATA) CONNECTOR SIDE 02 WHITE/BLACK·BLUE DOT - RXCK (DATA) CONNECTOR SIDE 03 GRAY/RED·BLUE DOT - CODE (DATA) VEHICLE SIDE 04 WHITE/RED·BLUE DOT - RXCK (DATA) VEHICLE SIDE 05 GRAY·BLUE DOT 06 WHITE·BLUE DOT

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

7.5A

1 12V 2 (+) BLACK/RED - 01

IGNITION 2 (+) BLACK/YELLOW - 02

ACCESSORY (+) PINK/BLUE - 03

123

STARTER 1 (+) RED - 04

456

15A

12V (+) WHITE/RED - 05

IGNITION 1 (+) RED/WHITE - 06

TXCT (DATA) BLUE/BLACK - 01

CODE (DATA) BLUE/YELLOW - 02

RXCK (DATA) YELLOW - 04

12345

AMP (DATA) BLACK - 05

KEYSENSE (-) YELLOW/RED - 01 LOCK/ARM (-) BLUE/WHITE - 09 UNLOCK/DISARM (-) BLUE/YELLOW - 10
TACH (AC) WHITE - 07

3: N/A 1: BLUE 10 PIN 2: 22 PIN

BRAKE (+) GREEN/WHITE PARKING LIGHT (-) RED/WHITE

HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 1

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A) 2 1 3
DRIVER KICK PANEL (B)
BRAKE SWITCH (C) HEADLAMP SWITCH (D)

INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF 1 THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE.
FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2000-2005 Toyota MR2 Spyder STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
2000-2005 Toyota MR2 Spyder STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
2000-2005 Toyota MR2 Spyder STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2000-2005 Toyota MR2 Spyder STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2000-2005 Toyota MR2 Spyder STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
2005-2008 TOYOTA MATRIX STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1

D E

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2005-2008 Toyota Matrix STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

12V (+) WHITE - 01

IGNITION 2 (+) BLACK/YELLOW - 02

ACCESSORY (+) BLUE/RED - 03

321

STARTER 1 (+) RED - 04

654

15A

12V 2 (+) BLACK - 05

IGNITION 1 (+) BLACK/WHITE - 06

CODE (DATA) BLUE - 04 TXCT (DATA) GREEN - 05
KEYSENSE (-) BLUE/BLACK - 02

7654321 3
12

LOCK/ARM (-) GREEN - 06 UNLOCK/DISARM (-) BLUE/YELLOW - 07

1
54321 10 9 8 7 6

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A) 2 1 3
DRIVER KICK PANEL (B)

DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) RED/WHITE 1

2: HARNESS IN RUNNING BOARD

WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1

PARKING LIGHT (+) GREEN

PARKING LIGHT (-) GREEN/WHITE - 13 2 USA MODEL ONLY 2

13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5

PARKING LIGHT SWITCH (C)

BRAKE (+) GREEN/WHITE - 01 TACH (AC) BLACK - 05

N/A
1 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1234567

BRAKE SWITCH (D) ECM, BEHIND GLOVE BOX (E)

HATCH GLASS RELEASE (-) BLUE/WHITE- 02

N/A

GLASS HATCH RELEASE SWITCH (F)

HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 3
INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF 3 THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE. FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2005-2008 Toyota Matrix STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
2005-2008 Toyota Matrix STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
2005-2008 Toyota Matrix STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2005-2008 Toyota Matrix STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2005-2008 Toyota Matrix STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
2000-2003 TOYOTA RAV4 STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1
A D C E B

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2000-2003 Toyota Rav4 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

M1 01 ORANGE - ACCESSORY (+) 02 RED - 12 VOLT (+) 03 PURPLE - STARTER (+) 04 PINK/WHITE - IGNITION 2 (+) 05 PINK - IGNITION (+) 06 WHITE 07 RED - 12V (+) 08 BLACK - GROUND
M2 01 GREEN·BLACK DOT - LOCK (-) OUTPUT 02 BLUE·BLACK DOT - UNLOCK (-) OUTPUT 03 RED/WHITE·BLACK DOT 04 GREEN/WHITE·BLACK DOT 05 GREEN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 06 BLUE/WHITE·BLACK DOT - GWR (-) OUTPUT 07 EMPTY 08 WHITE/PURPLE·BLACK DOT 09 PURPLE/BLACK·BLACK DOT 10 WHITE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - HORN (-) OUTPUT 11 BROWN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 12 WHITE·BLACK DOT - PARKING LIGHT (-) OUTPUT
M3 01 BROWN·SILVER DOT - BRAKE (+) INPUT 02 BLACK/WHITE·SILVER DOT 03 PURPLE·SILVER DOT 04 GREEN·SILVER DOT 05 PURPLE/WHITE·SILVER DOT - TACH (AC) INPUT 06 WHITE/BLUE·SILVER DOT 07 GRAY·SILVER DOT - HOOD (-) INPUT 08 BLUE·SILVER DOT 09 GRAY/BLACK·SILVER DOT 10 EMPTY
M4 01 EMPTY 02 EMPTY 03 BROWN/RED 04 BROWN/YELLOW 05 BLUE/RED 06 BLUE/YELLOW 07 EMPTY 08 ORANGE 09 YELLOW 10 EMPTY 11 GRAY/RED - IMMO. RXCK (DATA) 12 GRAY/YELLOW 13 GREEN/RED - IMMO. CODE (DATA) 14 ORANGE/WHITE - IMMO. TXCT (DATA) 15 BROWN - IMMO. AMP (DATA) 16 ORANGE/BLACK 17 PINK 18 PURPLE 19 RED 20 BLACK
M5 01 GRAY/BLACK·BLUE DOT - CODE (DATA) CONNECTOR SIDE 02 WHITE/BLACK·BLUE DOT - RXCK (DATA) CONNECTOR SIDE 03 GRAY/RED·BLUE DOT - CODE (DATA) VEHICLE SIDE 04 WHITE/RED·BLUE DOT - RXCK (DATA) VEHICLE SIDE 05 GRAY·BLUE DOT 06 WHITE·BLUE DOT

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

12V 2 (+) WHITE - 01 IGNITION 2 (+) BLACK/YELLOW - 02
ACCESSORY (+) BLUE/RED - 03 STARTER 1 (+) RED - 04 12V (+) BLACK/RED - 05
IGNITION 1 (+) BLACK - 06
TXCT (DATA) YELLOW/BLACK - 01 CODE (DATA) YELLOW/GREEN - 02
RXCK (DATA) YELLOW - 04

1 123 456
2
12345

AMP (DATA) BLACK/RED - 05
KEYSENSE (-) BLUE/RED - 02 LOCK/ARM (-) BLUE/ORANGE - 06 UNLOCK/DISARM (-) BLUE/YELLOW - 13

3: N/A 1: BLUE 10 PIN

BRAKE (+) GREEN/WHITE - 12 PARKING LIGHT (-) RED/WHITE - 14
TACH (AC) BLACK - 09

1: N/A 1: N/A 1

HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 1

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A) 2 1 3
DRIVER KICK PANEL (B)
BRAKE SWITCH (C) HEADLAMP SWITCH (D)
OBDII (E)

INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF 1 THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE.
FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2000-2003 Toyota Rav4 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
2000-2003 Toyota Rav4 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
2000-2003 Toyota Rav4 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2000-2003 Toyota Rav4 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2000-2003 Toyota Rav4 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
2004-2005 TOYOTA RAV4 STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2004-2005 Toyota Rav4 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

M1 01 ORANGE - ACCESSORY (+) 02 RED - 12 VOLT (+) 03 PURPLE - STARTER (+) 04 PINK/WHITE - IGNITION 2 (+) 05 PINK - IGNITION (+) 06 WHITE - PARKING LIGHT (+) 07 RED - 12V (+) 08 BLACK - GROUND
M2 01 GREEN·BLACK DOT - LOCK (-) OUTPUT 02 BLUE·BLACK DOT - UNLOCK (-) OUTPUT 03 RED/WHITE·BLACK DOT 04 GREEN/WHITE·BLACK DOT 05 GREEN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 06 BLUE/WHITE·BLACK DOT - GWR (-) OUTPUT 07 EMPTY 08 WHITE/PURPLE·BLACK DOT 09 PURPLE/BLACK·BLACK DOT 10 WHITE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - HORN (-) OUTPUT 11 BROWN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 12 WHITE·BLACK DOT
M3 01 BROWN·SILVER DOT - BRAKE (+) INPUT 02 BLACK/WHITE·SILVER DOT 03 PURPLE·SILVER DOT 04 GREEN·SILVER DOT 05 PURPLE/WHITE·SILVER DOT - TACH (AC) INPUT 06 WHITE/BLUE·SILVER DOT 07 GRAY·SILVER DOT - HOOD (-) INPUT 08 BLUE·SILVER DOT 09 GRAY/BLACK·SILVER DOT 10 EMPTY
M4 01 EMPTY 02 EMPTY 03 BROWN/RED 04 BROWN/YELLOW 05 BLUE/RED 06 BLUE/YELLOW 07 EMPTY 08 ORANGE 09 YELLOW 10 EMPTY 11 GRAY/RED - TXCT (DATA) 12 GRAY/YELLOW 13 GREEN/RED - CODE (DATA) 14 ORANGE/WHITE 15 BROWN 16 ORANGE/BLACK 17 PINK 18 PURPLE 19 RED 20 BLACK
M5 01 GRAY/BLACK·BLUE DOT 02 WHITE/BLACK·BLUE DOT 03 GRAY/RED·BLUE DOT 04 WHITE/RED·BLUE DOT 05 GRAY·BLUE DOT 06 WHITE·BLUE DOT

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

12V (+) WHITE - 01 IGNITION 2 (+) BLACK/YELLOW - 02
ACCESSORY (+) BLUE/RED - 03 STARTER 1 (+) RED - 04
12V 2 (+) BLACK/RED - 05 IGNITION 1 (+) BLACK - 06

1
321 654

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A)
2 1 3

CODE (DATA) BLUE/RED - 04 TXCT (DATA) PINK - 05
KEYSENSE (-) BLUE/RED - 02
LOCK/ARM (-) BLUE/ORANGE - 06 UNLOCK/DISARM (-) BLUE/YELLOW - 13
PARKING LIGHT (+) GREEN OR GREEN/RED - 10
BRAKE (+) GREEN/WHITE - 12 TACH (AC) BLACK - 09

2
7654321 3
12

1: WHITE 14 PIN

13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5

E: WHITE 32 PIN 1

DRIVER KICK PANEL (B) PARKING LIGHT SWITCH (C)
DASH FUSEBOX (D) OBDII (E)

HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 1
INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF 1 THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE. FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2004-2005 Toyota Rav4 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
2004-2005 Toyota Rav4 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
2004-2005 Toyota Rav4 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2004-2005 Toyota Rav4 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2004-2005 Toyota Rav4 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
2006-2008 TOYOTA RAV4 STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2006-2008 Toyota Rav4 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

M1 01 ORANGE - ACCESSORY (+) 02 RED - 12 VOLT (+) 03 PURPLE - STARTER (+) 04 PINK/WHITE - IGNITION 2 (+) 05 PINK - IGNITION (+) 06 WHITE - STARTER 2 07 RED - 12V (+) 08 BLACK - GROUND
M2 01 GREEN·BLACK DOT - LOCK (-) OUTPUT 02 BLUE·BLACK DOT - UNLOCK (-) OUTPUT 03 RED/WHITE·BLACK DOT 04 GREEN/WHITE·BLACK DOT 05 GREEN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 06 BLUE/WHITE·BLACK DOT - GWR (-) OUTPUT 07 EMPTY 08 WHITE/PURPLE·BLACK DOT 09 PURPLE/BLACK·BLACK DOT 10 WHITE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - HORN (-) OUTPUT 11 BROWN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 12 WHITE·BLACK DOT - PARKING LIGHT (-) OUTPUT
M3 01 BROWN·SILVER DOT - BRAKE (+) INPUT 02 BLACK/WHITE·SILVER DOT 03 PURPLE·SILVER DOT 04 GREEN·SILVER DOT 05 PURPLE/WHITE·SILVER DOT - TACH (AC) INPUT 06 WHITE/BLUE·SILVER DOT 07 GRAY·SILVER DOT - HOOD (-) INPUT 08 BLUE·SILVER DOT 09 GRAY/BLACK·SILVER DOT 10 EMPTY
M4 01 EMPTY 02 EMPTY 03 BROWN/RED 04 BROWN/YELLOW 05 BLUE/RED 06 BLUE/YELLOW 07 EMPTY 08 ORANGE 09 YELLOW 10 EMPTY 11 GRAY/RED - TXCT (DATA) 12 GRAY/YELLOW 13 GREEN/RED - CODE (DATA) 14 ORANGE/WHITE 15 BROWN 16 ORANGE/BLACK 17 PINK 18 PURPLE 19 RED 20 BLACK
M5 01 GRAY/BLACK·BLUE DOT 02 WHITE/BLACK·BLUE DOT 03 GRAY/RED·BLUE DOT 04 WHITE/RED·BLUE DOT 05 GRAY·BLUE DOT 06 WHITE·BLUE DOT

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

STARTER 2 (+) WHITE - 01 ACCESSORY (+) RED - 03 IGNITION 2 (+) PINK - 04
IGNITION 1 (+) WHITE - 06 12V (+) BLUE - 07
STARTER 1 (+) YELLOW - 08
CODE (DATA) PINK - 04 TXCT (DATA) GREEN - 05
KEYSENSE (-) BLUE - 02

1 4321 8765
2
7654321 3
12

LOCK/ARM (-) BLUE - 04 UNLOCK/DISARM (-) PINK - 09

76543

12 11 10 9 8

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A) 2 1 3
DRIVER KICK PANEL (B)

1: WHITE

PARKING LIGHT SWITCH (C)

PARKING LIGHT (-) WHITE - 18

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

BRAKE (+) WHITE - 01 TACH (AC) GRAY - 09

1: WHITE 30 PIN 1

DASH FUSEBOX (D) OBDII (E)

HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 1
INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF 1 THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE. FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2006-2008 Toyota Rav4 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
2006-2008 Toyota Rav4 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
2006-2008 Toyota Rav4 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2006-2008 Toyota Rav4 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2006-2008 Toyota Rav4 STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
2001-2002 TOYOTA SEQUOIA STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1
A C
E B
D

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2001-2002 Toyota Sequoia STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

M1 01 ORANGE - ACCESSORY (+) 02 RED - 12 VOLT (+) 03 PURPLE - STARTER (+) 04 PINK/WHITE - IGNITION 2 (+) 05 PINK - IGNITION (+) 06 WHITE 07 RED - 12V (+) 08 BLACK - GROUND
M2 01 GREEN·BLACK DOT - LOCK (-) OUTPUT 02 BLUE·BLACK DOT - UNLOCK (-) OUTPUT 03 RED/WHITE·BLACK DOT 04 GREEN/WHITE·BLACK DOT 05 GREEN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 06 BLUE/WHITE·BLACK DOT - GWR (-) OUTPUT 07 EMPTY 08 WHITE/PURPLE·BLACK DOT 09 PURPLE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - AUTOLIGHT OFF (-) OUTPUT 10 WHITE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - HORN (-) OUTPUT 11 BROWN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 12 WHITE·BLACK DOT - PARKING LIGHT (-) OUTPUT
M3 01 BROWN·SILVER DOT - BRAKE (+) INPUT 02 BLACK/WHITE·SILVER DOT 03 PURPLE·SILVER DOT 04 GREEN·SILVER DOT 05 PURPLE/WHITE·SILVER DOT - TACH (AC) INPUT 06 WHITE/BLUE·SILVER DOT 07 GRAY·SILVER DOT - HOOD (-) INPUT 08 BLUE·SILVER DOT 09 GRAY/BLACK·SILVER DOT 10 EMPTY
M4 01 EMPTY 02 EMPTY 03 BROWN/RED 04 BROWN/YELLOW 05 BLUE/RED 06 BLUE/YELLOW 07 EMPTY 08 ORANGE 09 YELLOW 10 EMPTY 11 GRAY/RED - IMMO. RXCK (DATA) 12 GRAY/YELLOW 13 GREEN/RED - IMMO. CODE (DATA) 14 ORANGE/WHITE - IMMO. TXCT (DATA) 15 BROWN - IMMO. AMP (DATA) 16 ORANGE/BLACK 17 PINK 18 PURPLE 19 RED 20 BLACK
M5 01 GRAY/BLACK·BLUE DOT - CODE (DATA) CONNECTOR SIDE 02 WHITE/BLACK·BLUE DOT - RXCK (DATA) CONNECTOR SIDE 03 GRAY/RED·BLUE DOT - CODE (DATA) VEHICLE SIDE 04 WHITE/RED·BLUE DOT - RXCK (DATA) VEHICLE SIDE 05 GRAY·BLUE DOT 06 WHITE·BLUE DOT

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

12V 2 (+) WHITE/BLUE - 01 IGNITION 2 (+) BLACK/YELLOW - 02
ACCESSORY (+) PINK - 03 STARTER 1 (+) BLACK/WHITE - 04
12V (+) WHITE/RED - 05
IGNITION 1 (+) BLACK/RED - 06

1
123 456

AMP (DATA) BLACK/RED - 01 CODE (DATA) RED/YELLOW - 04
RXCK (DATA) LTGREEN - 05

3456

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A)
2 1 3

87 86 87A 85
30

TXCT (DATA) YELLOW/GREEN - 06 KEYSENSE (-) YELLOW/GREEN - 02

3 12

LOCK DETECTION (-) RED/YELLOW - 24 UNLOCK (-) LTGREEN/RED - 10 LOCK (-) LTGREEN/BLACK - 22
PARKING LIGHT (-) GREEN - 14

DRIVER WINDOW SWITCH (B) 1
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14

1
8 7 654 3 2 1 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9

HEADLAMP SWITCH (C)

DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) GRAY/RED - 14 1 BRAKE (+) GREEN/WHITE
TACH (AC) YELLOW/GREEN - 04

1: BLACK 14 PIN 2: GRAY

DRIVER KICK PANEL (D)

JUNCTION CONNECTOR, RIGHT OF STEERING COLUMN (E) 1

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 2
WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1 INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE. 2
FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2001-2002 Toyota Sequoia STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
2001-2002 Toyota Sequoia STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
2001-2002 Toyota Sequoia STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2001-2002 Toyota Sequoia STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2001-2002 Toyota Sequoia STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
2003-2007 TOYOTA SEQUOIA STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1
E A
C B
D

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2003-2007 Toyota Sequoia STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

M1 01 ORANGE - ACCESSORY (+) 02 RED - 12 VOLT (+) 03 PURPLE - STARTER (+) 04 PINK/WHITE - IGNITION 2 (+) 05 PINK - IGNITION (+) 06 WHITE 07 RED - 12V (+) 08 BLACK - GROUND
M2 01 GREEN·BLACK DOT - LOCK (-) OUTPUT 02 BLUE·BLACK DOT - UNLOCK (-) OUTPUT 03 RED/WHITE·BLACK DOT 04 GREEN/WHITE·BLACK DOT 05 GREEN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 06 BLUE/WHITE·BLACK DOT - GWR (-) OUTPUT 07 EMPTY 08 WHITE/PURPLE·BLACK DOT 09 PURPLE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - AUTOLIGHT OFF (-) OUTPUT 10 WHITE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - HORN (-) OUTPUT 11 BROWN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 12 WHITE·BLACK DOT - PARKING LIGHT (-) OUTPUT
M3 01 BROWN·SILVER DOT - BRAKE (+) INPUT 02 BLACK/WHITE·SILVER DOT 03 PURPLE·SILVER DOT 04 GREEN·SILVER DOT 05 PURPLE/WHITE·SILVER DOT - TACH (AC) INPUT 06 WHITE/BLUE·SILVER DOT 07 GRAY·SILVER DOT - HOOD (-) INPUT 08 BLUE·SILVER DOT 09 GRAY/BLACK·SILVER DOT 10 EMPTY
M4 01 EMPTY 02 EMPTY 03 BROWN/RED 04 BROWN/YELLOW 05 BLUE/RED 06 BLUE/YELLOW 07 EMPTY 08 ORANGE 09 YELLOW 10 EMPTY 11 GRAY/RED - IMMO. RXCK (DATA) 12 GRAY/YELLOW 13 GREEN/RED - IMMO. CODE (DATA) 14 ORANGE/WHITE - IMMO. TXCT (DATA) 15 BROWN - IMMO. AMP (DATA) 16 ORANGE/BLACK 17 PINK 18 PURPLE 19 RED 20 BLACK
M5 01 GRAY/BLACK·BLUE DOT - CODE (DATA) CONNECTOR SIDE 02 WHITE/BLACK·BLUE DOT - RXCK (DATA) CONNECTOR SIDE 03 GRAY/RED·BLUE DOT - CODE (DATA) VEHICLE SIDE 04 WHITE/RED·BLUE DOT - RXCK (DATA) VEHICLE SIDE 05 GRAY·BLUE DOT 06 WHITE·BLUE DOT

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

12V 2 (+) WHITE/BLUE - 01 IGNITION 2 (+) BLACK/YELLOW - 02
ACCESSORY (+) PINK - 03 STARTER 1 (+) BLACK/WHITE - 04
12V (+) WHITE/RED - 05
IGNITION 1 (+) BLACK/RED - 06

1
123 456

AMP (DATA) GRAY/BLACK - 01 CODE (DATA) RED/YELLOW - 04
RXCK (DATA) LTGREEN - 05

3456

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A)
2 1 3

87 86 87A 85
30

TXCT (DATA) YELLOW/GREEN - 06 KEYSENSE (-) YELLOW/GREEN - 02

3 12

LOCK DETECTION (-) RED/YELLOW - 24 UNLOCK (-) LTGREEN/RED - 10 LOCK (-) LTGREEN/BLACK - 22
PARKING LIGHT (-) GREEN - 14

DRIVER WINDOW SWITCH (B) 1
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14

1
8 7 654 3 2 1 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9

HEADLAMP SWITCH (C)

DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) GRAY/RED - N 1 BRAKE (+) GREEN/WHITE - H

1: WHITE 14 PIN 2: WHITE 12 PIN

DRIVER KICK PANEL (D) INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (E)

TACH (AC) YELLOW/GREEN - 23

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21

HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 2
WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1 INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE. 2
FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2003-2007 Toyota Sequoia STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
2003-2007 Toyota Sequoia STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
2003-2007 Toyota Sequoia STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2003-2007 Toyota Sequoia STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2003-2007 Toyota Sequoia STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
1999-2003 TOYOTA SIENNA STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1

A D

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1999-2003 Toyota Sienna STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

M1 01 ORANGE - ACCESSORY (+) 02 RED - 12 VOLT (+) 03 PURPLE - STARTER (+) 04 PINK/WHITE - IGNITION 2 (+) 05 PINK - IGNITION (+) 06 WHITE 07 RED - 12V (+) 08 BLACK - GROUND
M2 01 GREEN·BLACK DOT - LOCK (-) OUTPUT 02 BLUE·BLACK DOT - UNLOCK (-) OUTPUT 03 RED/WHITE·BLACK DOT 04 GREEN/WHITE·BLACK DOT 05 GREEN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 06 BLUE/WHITE·BLACK DOT - GWR (-) OUTPUT 07 EMPTY 08 WHITE/PURPLE·BLACK DOT 09 PURPLE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - AUTOLIGHT OFF (-) OUTPUT 10 WHITE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - HORN (-) OUTPUT 11 BROWN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 12 WHITE·BLACK DOT - PARKING LIGHT (-) OUTPUT
M3 01 BROWN·SILVER DOT - BRAKE (+) INPUT 02 BLACK/WHITE·SILVER DOT 03 PURPLE·SILVER DOT 04 GREEN·SILVER DOT 05 PURPLE/WHITE·SILVER DOT - TACH (AC) INPUT 06 WHITE/BLUE·SILVER DOT 07 GRAY·SILVER DOT - HOOD (-) INPUT 08 BLUE·SILVER DOT 09 GRAY/BLACK·SILVER DOT 10 EMPTY
M4 01 EMPTY 02 EMPTY 03 BROWN/RED 04 BROWN/YELLOW 05 BLUE/RED 06 BLUE/YELLOW 07 EMPTY 08 ORANGE 09 YELLOW 10 EMPTY 11 GRAY/RED - IMMO. RXCK (DATA) 12 GRAY/YELLOW 13 GREEN/RED - IMMO. CODE (DATA) 14 ORANGE/WHITE - IMMO. TXCT (DATA) 15 BROWN - IMMO. AMP (DATA) 16 ORANGE/BLACK 17 PINK 18 PURPLE 19 RED 20 BLACK
M5 01 GRAY/BLACK·BLUE DOT - CODE (DATA) CONNECTOR SIDE 02 WHITE/BLACK·BLUE DOT - RXCK (DATA) CONNECTOR SIDE 03 GRAY/RED·BLUE DOT - CODE (DATA) VEHICLE SIDE 04 WHITE/RED·BLUE DOT - RXCK (DATA) VEHICLE SIDE 05 GRAY·BLUE DOT 06 WHITE·BLUE DOT

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

12V 2 (+) WHITE/BLUE - 02 ACCESSORY (+) BLUE- 03 IGNITION 2 (+) BLACK/YELLOW - 04 IGNITION 1 (+) BLACK/RED - 06
12V (+) WHITE/RED - 07 STARTER 1 (+) RED - 08
AMP (DATA) BLACK/RED - 01 CODE (DATA) BROWN/WHITE - 02
RXCK (DATA) BROWN/RED - 03

1 4321 8765
2 12345

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A)
2 1 3

TXCT (DATA) BROWN/YELLOW - 04
KEYSENSE (-) BLUE/BLACK - 01 LOCK/ARM (-) BLUE/WHITE - 08 UNLOCK/DISARM (-) BLUE - 01

3 12
1: WHITE 9 PIN 2: GRAY 12 PIN

BRAKE (+) GREEN/WHITE - 02
DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) RED/GREEN - 06 1 OR RED/WHITE - 02

1: WHITE 13 PIN 2: WHITE 7 PIN
1

PARKING LIGHT (-) GREEN/ORANGE - 14

8 7 654 3 2 1 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9

TACH (AC) LTGREEN/BLACK - 27

1: WHITE 28 PIN

DRIVER KICK PANEL (B) DASH FUSEBOX (C)
HEADLAMP SWITCH (D)
ECM BEHIND GLOVE BOX (E)

HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 2

WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1 INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF 2 THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE.
FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1999-2003 Toyota Sienna STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
1999-2003 Toyota Sienna STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
1999-2003 Toyota Sienna STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1999-2003 Toyota Sienna STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1999-2003 Toyota Sienna STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
2004-2010 TOYOTA SIENNA STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2004-2010 Toyota Sienna STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

M1 01 ORANGE - ACCESSORY (+) 02 RED - 12 VOLT (+) 03 PURPLE - STARTER (+) 04 PINK/WHITE - IGNITION 2 (+) 05 PINK - IGNITION (+) 06 WHITE 07 RED - 12V (+) 08 BLACK - GROUND
M2 01 GREEN·BLACK DOT - LOCK (-) OUTPUT 02 BLUE·BLACK DOT - UNLOCK (-) OUTPUT 03 RED/WHITE·BLACK DOT - TRUNK (-) OUTPUT 04 GREEN/WHITE·BLACK DOT 05 GREEN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 06 BLUE/WHITE·BLACK DOT - GWR (-) OUTPUT 07 EMPTY 08 WHITE/PURPLE·BLACK DOT 09 PURPLE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - AUTOLIGHT OFF (-) OUTPUT 10 WHITE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - HORN (-) OUTPUT 11 BROWN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 12 WHITE·BLACK DOT - PARKING LIGHT (-) OUTPUT
M3 01 BROWN·SILVER DOT - BRAKE (+) INPUT 02 BLACK/WHITE·SILVER DOT 03 PURPLE·SILVER DOT 04 GREEN·SILVER DOT 05 PURPLE/WHITE·SILVER DOT - TACH (AC) INPUT 06 WHITE/BLUE·SILVER DOT 07 GRAY·SILVER DOT - HOOD (-) INPUT 08 BLUE·SILVER DOT 09 GRAY/BLACK·SILVER DOT 10 EMPTY
M4 01 EMPTY 02 EMPTY 03 BROWN/RED 04 BROWN/YELLOW 05 BLUE/RED 06 BLUE/YELLOW 07 EMPTY 08 ORANGE 09 YELLOW 10 EMPTY 11 GRAY/RED - TXCT (DATA) 12 GRAY/YELLOW 13 GREEN/RED - CODE (DATA) 14 ORANGE/WHITE 15 BROWN 16 ORANGE/BLACK 17 PINK 18 PURPLE 19 RED 20 BLACK
M5 01 GRAY/BLACK·BLUE DOT 02 WHITE/BLACK·BLUE DOT 03 GRAY/RED·BLUE DOT 04 WHITE/RED·BLUE DOT 05 GRAY·BLUE DOT 06 WHITE·BLUE DOT

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1
IGNITION 2 (+) BLACK/YELLOW - 02 ACCESSORY (+) PINK - 03
STARTER 1 (+) BLACK/YELLOW - 04 12V (+) WHITE/RED - 05
IGNITION 1 (+) BLACK - 06
CODE (DATA) YELLOW - 04 TXCT (DATA) YELLOW/RED - 05 KEYSENSE (-) BLUE/BLACK - 02
LOCK/ARM (-) LTGREEN - 05 UNLOCK/DISARM (-) BLUE - 07
PARKING LIGHT (-) GREEN/BLACK - 14
BRAKE (+) GREEN/WHITE OR GREEN/YELLOW - 21
POWER LIFTGATE (-) YELLOW/RED - 10

1 321 654
2

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A)
2 1 3

7654321 3
21 43
1

DRIVER KICK PANEL (B)

9 8 76543 2 1 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
1 8 7 654 3 2 1 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9

PARKING LIGHT SWITCH (C)

1: WHITE 30 PIN
1 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

DASH FUSEBOX (D) LEFT OF DASH FUSEBOX (E)

DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) RED/YELLOW - 22 1 WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1

J12: WHITE 32 PIN JUNCTION CONNECTOR
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (F) 1

TACH (AC) BLACK/ORANGE - 37
HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 2

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21

INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF 2 THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE.
FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2004-2010 Toyota Sienna STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
2004-2010 Toyota Sienna STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
2004-2010 Toyota Sienna STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2004-2010 Toyota Sienna STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2004-2010 Toyota Sienna STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
1999-2003 TOYOTA SOLARA STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1
A D C
E B

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1999-2003 Toyota Solara STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

12V 2 (+) WHITE - 02 ACCESSORY (+) BLUE/RED - 03 IGNITION 2 (+) BLACK/YELLOW - 04 IGNITION 1 (+) BLACK/RED - 06
12V (+) WHITE/RED - 07 STARTER 1 (+) RED - 08

1
4321 8765

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A)
2 1 3

AMP (DATA) RED - 01 CODE (DATA) GREEN/WHITE - 02
RXCK (DATA) RED/BLUE - 03

2 12345

TXCT (DATA) BLUE/YELLOW - 04 KEYSENSE (-) BLUE/BLACK - 01

3 12

LOCK/ARM (-) BLUE/WHITE - 04 UNLOCK/DISARM (-) RED/GREEN - 03

8 765

432 1

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9

DRIVER KICK PANEL (B)

TRUNK RELEASE (-) GREEN/WHITE - 03
DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) RED/GREEN - 17 1 BRAKE (+) GREEN/WHITE - 02

1: WHITE 25PIN 1: WHITE 13PIN

PARKING LIGHT (-) GREEN - 14

8 7 654 3 2 1 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9

DASH FUSEBOX (C) HEADLAMP SWITCH (D)

TACH (AC) BLACK/ORANGE - 06

JUNCTION CONNECTOR - BELOW GLOVE BOX (E) 1
123456 7 8 9 10 11 12

HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 2
WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1 INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE. 2
FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1999-2003 Toyota Solara STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
1999-2003 Toyota Solara STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
1999-2003 Toyota Solara STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1999-2003 Toyota Solara STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

1999-2003 Toyota Solara STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
2004-2009 TOYOTA SOLARA CONVERTIBLE STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

F
2004-2009 Toyota Solara Convertible STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

M1 01 ORANGE - ACCESSORY (+) 02 RED - 12 VOLT (+) 03 PURPLE - STARTER (+) 04 PINK/WHITE - IGNITION 2 (+) 05 PINK - IGNITION (+) 06 WHITE - STARTER 2 (+) 07 RED - 12V (+) 08 BLACK - GROUND

M2 01 GREEN·BLACK DOT - LOCK (-) OUTPUT 02 BLUE·BLACK DOT - UNLOCK (-) OUTPUT 03 RED/WHITE·BLACK DOT - TRUNK (-) OUTPUT 04 GREEN/WHITE·BLACK DOT 05 GREEN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 06 BLUE/WHITE·BLACK DOT - GWR (-) OUTPUT 07 EMPTY 08 WHITE/PURPLE·BLACK DOT 09 PURPLE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - AUTOLIGHT OFF (-) OUTPUT 10 WHITE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - HORN (-) OUTPUT 11 BROWN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 12 WHITE·BLACK DOT - PARKING LIGHT (-) OUTPUT

M3 01 BROWN·SILVER DOT - BRAKE (+) INPUT 02 BLACK/WHITE·SILVER DOT 03 PURPLE·SILVER DOT 04 GREEN·SILVER DOT 05 PURPLE/WHITE·SILVER DOT - TACH (AC) INPUT 06 WHITE/BLUE·SILVER DOT 07 GRAY·SILVER DOT - HOOD (-) INPUT 08 BLUE·SILVER DOT 09 GRAY/BLACK·SILVER DOT 10 EMPTY

M4 01 EMPTY

02 EMPTY

03 BROWN/RED

04 BROWN/YELLOW

05 BLUE/RED

06 BLUE/YELLOW

07 EMPTY

08 ORANGE

09 YELLOW

10 EMPTY

11 GRAY/RED - TXCT (DATA)

12 GRAY/YELLOW

13 GREEN/RED - CODE (DATA)

14 ORANGE/WHITE

15 BROWN

16 ORANGE/BLACK

17 PINK

18 PURPLE

19 RED

20 BLACK

M5 01 GRAY/BLACK·BLUE DOT 02 WHITE/BLACK·BLUE DOT 03 GRAY/RED·BLUE DOT 04 WHITE/RED·BLUE DOT 05 GRAY·BLUE DOT 06 WHITE·BLUE DOT

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1
STARTER 2 (+) BLACK/YELLOW - 01 ACCESSORY (+) BLUE/RED - 03 IGNITION 2 (+) BLUE - 04 IGNITION 1 (+) BLACK/RED - 06 12V (+) WHITE/RED - 07
STARTER 1 (+) BLACK/WHITE - 08
CODE (DATA) GREEN/WHITE - 04 TXCT (DATA) BLUE/YELLOW - 05
KEYSENSE (-) BLUE - 02
PARKING LIGHT (-) RED - 18

1
4321 8765

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A)
2 1 3

2
7654321 3
21 43 1: WHITE

PARKING LIGHT SWITCH (B)

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

87 86 87A 85
30

LOCK/ARM (-) BLUE/YELLOW - 18 UNLOCK/DISARM (-) BLUE - 02

1
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

TRUNK RELEASE (REVERSE) WHITE/BLUE - 02

2: WHITE 2 PIN

DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) RED/GREEN - 11 1 WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1
BRAKE (+) GREEN/WHITE - 21
TACH (AC) BLACK/ORANGE - 09 2 4 CYL. 2
TACH (AC) 3 6 CYL. 3

3: WHITE 17 PIN 1: WHITE 30 PIN 1

DRIVER KICK PANEL (C)
DASH FUSEBOX (D) OBDII (E)
INJECTOR (F)

HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 4
INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF 4 THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE. FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2004-2009 Toyota Solara Convertible STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
2004-2009 Toyota Solara Convertible STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
2004-2009 Toyota Solara Convertible STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2004-2009 Toyota Solara Convertible STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2004-2009 Toyota Solara Convertible STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
2004-2009 TOYOTA SOLARA COUPE STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

F
2004-2009 Toyota Solara Coupe STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

M1 01 ORANGE - ACCESSORY (+) 02 RED - 12 VOLT (+) 03 PURPLE - STARTER (+) 04 PINK/WHITE - IGNITION 2 (+) 05 PINK - IGNITION (+) 06 WHITE - STARTER 2 (+) 07 RED - 12V (+) 08 BLACK - GROUND

M4 01 EMPTY

02 EMPTY

03 BROWN/RED

04 BROWN/YELLOW

05 BLUE/RED

06 BLUE/YELLOW

07 EMPTY

08 ORANGE

09 YELLOW

10 EMPTY

11 GRAY/RED - TXCT (DATA)

12 GRAY/YELLOW

13 GREEN/RED - CODE (DATA)

14 ORANGE/WHITE

15 BROWN

16 ORANGE/BLACK

17 PINK

18 PURPLE

19 RED

20 BLACK

M5 01 GRAY/BLACK·BLUE DOT 02 WHITE/BLACK·BLUE DOT 03 GRAY/RED·BLUE DOT 04 WHITE/RED·BLUE DOT 05 GRAY·BLUE DOT 06 WHITE·BLUE DOT

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1
STARTER 2 (+) BLACK/YELLOW - 01 ACCESSORY (+) BLUE/RED - 03
IGNITION 2 (+) BLACK/YELLOW - 04 IGNITION 1 (+) RED/BLACK - 06 12V (+) WHITE/RED - 07
STARTER 1 (+) BLACK/WHITE - 08
CODE (DATA) YELLOW - 04 TXCT (DATA) YELLOW/RED - 05
KEYSENSE (-) BLUE - 02
PARKING LIGHT (-) RED - 18

1
4321 8765

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A)
2 1 3

2
7654321 3
21 43 1: WHITE

PARKING LIGHT SWITCH (B)

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

87 86 87A 85
30

LOCK/ARM (-) LTGREEN - 18 UNLOCK/DISARM (-) BLUE - 02

1
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

TRUNK RELEASE (REVERSE) WHITE/BLUE - 02

2: WHITE 2 PIN

DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) RED/GREEN - 11 1 WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1
BRAKE (+) GREEN/WHITE - 21
TACH (AC) BLACK/ORANGE - 09 2 4 CYL. 2
TACH (AC) 3 6 CYL. 3

3: WHITE 17 PIN 1: WHITE 30 PIN 1

DRIVER KICK PANEL (C)
DASH FUSEBOX (D) OBDII (E)
INJECTOR (F)

HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 4
INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF 4 THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE. FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2004-2009 Toyota Solara Coupe STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
2004-2009 Toyota Solara Coupe STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
2004-2009 Toyota Solara Coupe STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2004-2009 Toyota Solara Coupe STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2004-2009 Toyota Solara Coupe STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
2005-2010 TOYOTA TACOMA STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2005-2010 Toyota Tacoma STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

M1 01 ORANGE - ACCESSORY (+) 02 RED - 12 VOLT (+) 03 PURPLE - STARTER (+) 04 PINK/WHITE - IGNITION 2 (+) 05 PINK - IGNITION (+) 06 WHITE - STARTER 2 07 RED - 12V (+) 08 BLACK - GROUND
M2 01 GREEN·BLACK DOT - LOCK (-) OUTPUT 02 BLUE·BLACK DOT - UNLOCK (-) OUTPUT 03 RED/WHITE·BLACK DOT 04 GREEN/WHITE·BLACK DOT 05 GREEN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 06 BLUE/WHITE·BLACK DOT - GWR (-) OUTPUT 07 EMPTY 08 WHITE/PURPLE·BLACK DOT 09 PURPLE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - AUTOLIGHT OFF (-) OUTPUT 10 WHITE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - HORN (-) OUTPUT 11 BROWN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 12 WHITE·BLACK DOT - PARKING LIGHT (-) OUTPUT
M3 01 BROWN·SILVER DOT - BRAKE (+) INPUT 02 BLACK/WHITE·SILVER DOT 03 PURPLE·SILVER DOT 04 GREEN·SILVER DOT 05 PURPLE/WHITE·SILVER DOT - TACH (AC) INPUT 06 WHITE/BLUE·SILVER DOT 07 GRAY·SILVER DOT - HOOD (-) INPUT 08 BLUE·SILVER DOT 09 GRAY/BLACK·SILVER DOT 10 EMPTY
M4 01 EMPTY 02 EMPTY 03 BROWN/RED 04 BROWN/YELLOW 05 BLUE/RED 06 BLUE/YELLOW 07 EMPTY 08 ORANGE 09 YELLOW 10 EMPTY 11 GRAY/RED - TXCT (DATA) 12 GRAY/YELLOW 13 GREEN/RED - CODE (DATA) 14 ORANGE/WHITE 15 BROWN 16 ORANGE/BLACK 17 PINK 18 PURPLE 19 RED 20 BLACK
M5 01 GRAY/BLACK·BLUE DOT 02 WHITE/BLACK·BLUE DOT 03 GRAY/RED·BLUE DOT 04 WHITE/RED·BLUE DOT 05 GRAY·BLUE DOT 06 WHITE·BLUE DOT

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

IGNITION 2 (+) BLUE/YELLOW - 01 ACCESSORY (+) WHITE/GREEN - 02 STARTER 2 (+) BLACK//WHITE - 03
12V 2 (+) WHITE/BLUE - 04 12V (+) WHITE/RED - 05
IGNITION 1 (+) BLACK/RED - 06 STARTER 1 (+) GREEN/BLACK - 07
CODE (DATA) PINK/GREEN - 04 TXCT (DATA) LTGREEN/RED - 05
KEYSENSE (-) GREEN/BLACK - 01

1 4321 8765
2
7654321 3
12

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A)
2 1 3

LOCK/ARM (-) PURPLE - 04 UNLOCK/DISARM (-) GREEN/BLACK - 08

1 10 9 8 7 6 54321

DRIVER KICK PANEL (B)

DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) GREEN/YELLOW - 07 1 WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1

2: WHITE 18 PIN 1

PARKING LIGHTS (-) GREEN - 18

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

PARKING LIGHT SWITCH (C)

BRAKE (+) BLUE - 13

543

13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6

TACH (AC) BLACK/WHITE - 09

DASH FUSEBOX (D) OBDII (E)

HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 2
INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF 2 THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE. FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2005-2010 Toyota Tacoma STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
2005-2010 Toyota Tacoma STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
2005-2010 Toyota Tacoma STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2005-2010 Toyota Tacoma STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2005-2010 Toyota Tacoma STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
2006 TOYOTA TUNDRA DOUBLE CAB STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1
E A
C B
D

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2006 Toyota Tundra Double Cab STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

M1 01 ORANGE - ACCESSORY (+) 02 RED - 12 VOLT (+) 03 PURPLE - STARTER (+) 04 PINK/WHITE - IGNITION 2 (+) 05 PINK - IGNITION (+) 06 WHITE 07 RED - 12V (+) 08 BLACK - GROUND
M2 01 GREEN·BLACK DOT - LOCK (-) OUTPUT 02 BLUE·BLACK DOT - UNLOCK (-) OUTPUT 03 RED/WHITE·BLACK DOT 04 GREEN/WHITE·BLACK DOT 05 GREEN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 06 BLUE/WHITE·BLACK DOT - GWR (-) OUTPUT 07 EMPTY 08 WHITE/PURPLE·BLACK DOT 09 PURPLE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - AUTOLIGHT OFF (-) OUTPUT 10 WHITE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - HORN (-) OUTPUT 11 BROWN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 12 WHITE·BLACK DOT - PARKING LIGHT (-) OUTPUT
M3 01 BROWN·SILVER DOT - BRAKE (+) INPUT 02 BLACK/WHITE·SILVER DOT 03 PURPLE·SILVER DOT 04 GREEN·SILVER DOT 05 PURPLE/WHITE·SILVER DOT - TACH (AC) INPUT 06 WHITE/BLUE·SILVER DOT 07 GRAY·SILVER DOT - HOOD (-) INPUT 08 BLUE·SILVER DOT 09 GRAY/BLACK·SILVER DOT 10 EMPTY
M4 01 EMPTY 02 EMPTY 03 BROWN/RED 04 BROWN/YELLOW 05 BLUE/RED 06 BLUE/YELLOW 07 EMPTY 08 ORANGE 09 YELLOW 10 EMPTY 11 GRAY/RED - IMMO. RXCK (DATA) 12 GRAY/YELLOW 13 GREEN/RED - IMMO. CODE (DATA) 14 ORANGE/WHITE - IMMO. TXCT (DATA) 15 BROWN - IMMO. AMP (DATA) 16 ORANGE/BLACK 17 PINK 18 PURPLE 19 RED 20 BLACK
M5 01 GRAY/BLACK·BLUE DOT - CODE (DATA) CONNECTOR SIDE 02 WHITE/BLACK·BLUE DOT - RXCK (DATA) CONNECTOR SIDE 03 GRAY/RED·BLUE DOT - CODE (DATA) VEHICLE SIDE 04 WHITE/RED·BLUE DOT - RXCK (DATA) VEHICLE SIDE 05 GRAY·BLUE DOT 06 WHITE·BLUE DOT

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

12V 2 (+) WHITE/BLUE - 01 IGNITION 2 (+) BLACK/YELLOW - 02
ACCESSORY (+) PINK - 03 STARTER 1 (+) BLACK/WHITE - 04
12V (+) WHITE/RED - 05
IGNITION 1 (+) BLACK/RED - 06

1
123 456

AMP (DATA) WHITE - 01 CODE (DATA) GREEN - 04
RXCK (DATA) RED - 05

3456

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A)
2 1 3

87 86 87A 85
30

TXCT (DATA) BLACK - 06 KEYSENSE (-) YELLOW/GREEN - 02

3 12

LOCK DETECTION (-) RED/YELLOW - 24 UNLOCK (-) LTGREEN/RED - 10 LOCK (-) LTGREEN/BLACK - 22
PARKING LIGHT (-) GREEN - 14

DRIVER WINDOW SWITCH (B) 1
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14

1
8 7 654 3 2 1 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9

HEADLAMP SWITCH (C)

DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) GRAY/RED - A 1 BRAKE (+) GREEN/WHITE - L

1: WHITE 14 PIN 1

DRIVER KICK PANEL (D) INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (E)

TACH (AC) BLACK - 23
HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 2

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21

WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1 INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF 2 THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE.
FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2006 Toyota Tundra Double Cab STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
2006 Toyota Tundra Double Cab STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
2006 Toyota Tundra Double Cab STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2006 Toyota Tundra Double Cab STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2006 Toyota Tundra Double Cab STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
2006 TOYOTA TUNDRA STANDARD CAB STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1
E A
D C
B

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2006 Toyota Tundra Standard Cab STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

M1 01 ORANGE - ACCESSORY (+) 02 RED - 12 VOLT (+) 03 PURPLE - STARTER (+) 04 PINK/WHITE - IGNITION 2 (+) 05 PINK - IGNITION (+) 06 WHITE 07 RED - 12V (+) 08 BLACK - GROUND
M2 01 GREEN·BLACK DOT - LOCK (-) OUTPUT 02 BLUE·BLACK DOT - UNLOCK (-) OUTPUT 03 RED/WHITE·BLACK DOT 04 GREEN/WHITE·BLACK DOT 05 GREEN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 06 BLUE/WHITE·BLACK DOT - GWR (-) OUTPUT 07 EMPTY 08 WHITE/PURPLE·BLACK DOT 09 PURPLE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - AUTOLIGHT OFF (-) OUTPUT 10 WHITE/BLACK·BLACK DOT - HORN (-) OUTPUT 11 BROWN/BLACK·BLACK DOT 12 WHITE·BLACK DOT - PARKING LIGHT (-) OUTPUT
M3 01 BROWN·SILVER DOT - BRAKE (+) INPUT 02 BLACK/WHITE·SILVER DOT 03 PURPLE·SILVER DOT 04 GREEN·SILVER DOT 05 PURPLE/WHITE·SILVER DOT - TACH (AC) INPUT 06 WHITE/BLUE·SILVER DOT 07 GRAY·SILVER DOT - HOOD (-) INPUT 08 BLUE·SILVER DOT 09 GRAY/BLACK·SILVER DOT 10 EMPTY
M4 01 EMPTY 02 EMPTY 03 BROWN/RED 04 BROWN/YELLOW 05 BLUE/RED 06 BLUE/YELLOW 07 EMPTY 08 ORANGE 09 YELLOW 10 EMPTY 11 GRAY/RED - IMMO. RXCK (DATA) 12 GRAY/YELLOW 13 GREEN/RED - IMMO. CODE (DATA) 14 ORANGE/WHITE - IMMO. TXCT (DATA) 15 BROWN - IMMO. AMP (DATA) 16 ORANGE/BLACK 17 PINK 18 PURPLE 19 RED 20 BLACK
M5 01 GRAY/BLACK·BLUE DOT - CODE (DATA) CONNECTOR SIDE 02 WHITE/BLACK·BLUE DOT - RXCK (DATA) CONNECTOR SIDE 03 GRAY/RED·BLUE DOT - CODE (DATA) VEHICLE SIDE 04 WHITE/RED·BLUE DOT - RXCK (DATA) VEHICLE SIDE 05 GRAY·BLUE DOT 06 WHITE·BLUE DOT

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

12V 2 (+) WHITE - 02 ACCESSORY (+) BLUE/RED 03 IGNITION 2 (+) BLACK/YELLOW - 04 IGNITION 1 (+) BLACK/RED - 06
12V (+) WHITE/RED - 07 STARTER 1 (+) BLACK/WHITE - 08
AMP (DATA) RED - 01 CODE (DATA) GREEN - 03
RXCK (DATA) BLUE/RED - 04

1
4321 8765

3456

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A)
2 1 3

TXCT (DATA) GRAY - 05 KEYSENSE (-) PINK/BLACK - 02
LOCK/ARM (-) WHITE/GREEN - 06 UNLOCK/DISARM (-) BLUE/RED - 07

3 12
1
54321 10 9 8 7 6

DRIVER KICK PANEL (B)

DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) BLUE 1

2: RUNNING BOARD

BRAKE (+) GREEN/WHITE - 01

1: N/A

PARKING LIGHT (-) RED/BLACK - 14

1
8 7 654 3 2 1 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9

BRAKE SWITCH (C) HEADLAMP SWITCH (D)

TACH (AC) BLUE/WHITE - 23

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (E) 1
20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21

HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 2
WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1 INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF 2 THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE.
FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2006 Toyota Tundra Standard Cab STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
2006 Toyota Tundra Standard Cab STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
2006 Toyota Tundra Standard Cab STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2006 Toyota Tundra Standard Cab STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2006 Toyota Tundra Standard Cab STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALL GUIDE
2009 TOYOTA VENZA STD KEY AT
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REVISION DATE 20180803
FIRMWARE FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]
HARDWARE FT-DC3-HC
ACCESSORIES ATTENTION: TO COMPLETE THIS INSTALLATION SOME ACCESSORIES MAY BE REQUIRED. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO SEE ALL THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE.
TERMS OF USE
Automotive Data Solutions Inc. ("ADS") products are strictly intended for installation by Certified Technicians who are employed by a registered business specialized in the installation of automotive aftermarket electronics products. Prior to beginning installation of an ADS product in a vehicle, it is the Certified Technician's responsibility to review the most current Product Guide, Install Guide and vehicle-specific notes available in Weblink®. ADS is not responsible for any damages whatsoever, including but not limited to any consequential damages, incidental damages, damages for loss of time, loss of earnings, loss of profit, commercial loss, loss of economic opportunity and the like that may or may not have resulted from the use, misuse, improper installation or operation of its products. ADS reserves itself the right to suspend any Weblink® account without notice and decline to offer technical support to non-Certified Technicians, noncompliant Certified Technicians or end users.
www.idatalink.com

HARDWIRE / COMPONENT LOCATOR - 1 OF 1

E C
D
B

A F

PAGE 2 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2009 Toyota Venza STD key AT www.idatalink.com

! CUT LOOP FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ONLY

M5 M4 M6 M2 M3

HARDWIRE / WIRING DIAGRAM - 1 OF 1

STARTER 2 (+) GREEN - 01 ACCESSORY (+) GREEN - 03
IGNITION 2 (+) RED - 04 IGNITION 1 (+) GREEN - 06
12V (+) BLUE - 07
STARTER 1 (+) RED - 08
CODE (DATA) LTGREEN - 04 TXCT (DATA) BROWN - 05
KEYSENSE (-) BROWN - 01

1 4321 8765
2
7654321 3
12

UNLOCK/DISARM (-) GRAY - 08 LOCK/ARM (-) BROWN - 11
DRIVER DOOR PIN (-) GRAY - 06 1 WITH AUTOLIGHT ONLY 1

1: WHITE 18 PIN 2: WHITE 25 PIN

1: WHITE

PAGE 3 OF 7 20180803
IGNITION SWITCH (A) 2 1 3
DRIVER KICK PANEL (B)
PARKING LIGHT SWITCH (C)

PARKING LIGHTS (-) RED - 18

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

BRAKE (+) BLUE - 13 POWER LIFTGATE (-) BROWN - 04
TACH (AC) GRAY- 09

1: WHITE 25 PIN 1: BLACK 5 PIN 1

DASH FUSEBOX (D) POWER LIGTGATE SWITCH (E)
OBDII (F)

HORN (-) HOOD SWITCH 2
INSTALL THE SUPPLIED HOOD SWITCH IF 2 THE VEHICLE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH ONE. FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2009 Toyota Venza STD key AT www.idatalink.com

MODULE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE - 1 OF 1

Insert key into ignition. (OR insert key into

keyport)

ACC ON

OFF

START

Release the brake pedal.

LED 1 will flash GREEN and RED.

Wait, LED 2 will flash GREEN.

Wait, LED 1 will turn solid GREEN for 2

seconds.

START vehicle for 15 seconds.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Module Programming Procedure completed.

Press and release the module's programming

button.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 4 OF 7 20180803
2009 Toyota Venza STD key AT www.idatalink.com

TAKEOVER PROCEDURE - STD KEY - 1 OF 1

All vehicle doors must be closed and locked

Failure to follow procedure will result in

prior to remote start sequence.

vehicle engine shutdown.

Press unlock on OEM or aftermarket remote.

Insert key into ignition.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Turn key to ON position.

ACC ON

OFF

START

Press and release BRAKE pedal.

Take over procedure completed.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

PAGE 5 OF 7 20180803
2009 Toyota Venza STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 1 OF 2

PAGE 6 OF 7 20180803

CHECKLIST - WITH AFTERMARKET KEYFOB

9 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to shut down vehicle. Question 7: Does the vehicle shut down?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Repeat step. If problem persists, press the brake pedal once [1x] to shut down the vehicle and call technical support.

10 RAP and auto light shutdown test

Question 8: Did the radio, interior controls and headlights turn off within 60 seconds after remote start shutdown?

4 Press the UNLOCK button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob. Question 2: Do the doors unlock?
YES: Go to next step.

YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the RAP SHUTDOWN connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram. Repeat the test and call technical support if the problem persists.

11 Open hood.

If not already installed, affix the mandatory orange warning sticker under the hood and proceed to next step.

5 Press the TRUNK release button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob if supported. Question 3: Does the trunk or hatch open/unlock?
YES: Close trunk or hatch and go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming and the RF connections. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

8 Press the START/STOP button once [1x] on the aftermarket keyfob to remote start vehicle. Question 6: Does the vehicle remote start?
YES: Go to next step.

NO: Verify the remote programming, the RF connections and check the remote start error codes. Repeat the test and call technical support, if the problem persists.

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2009 Toyota Venza STD key AT www.idatalink.com

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST - 2 OF 2

PAGE 7 OF 7 20180803

FT-RST-TLK-[FT-DC3-HC]-EN

2009 Toyota Venza STD key AT www.idatalink.com

pdftk 2.02 - www tk.com itext-paulo-155 (itextpdf.sf.net-lowagie.com)